general catalogue

general catalogue
G E N E R A L
CATALOGUE
AUTOMATION FOR EXTERNAL
CLOSING SYSTEMS, DOORS,
WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
CONTENTS
URMET AND THE GROUP
02-05
SHOWCASE06-07
AUTOMATION KITS08-27
SWING GATES28-53
SLIDING GATES54-77
UP-AD-OVER, SECTIONAL, FOLDING DOORS78-89
TRAFFIC BARRIERS90-101
CONTROL UNITS AND INDICATORS
102-121
ROLLING SHUTTERS
122-141
SIDE-HUNG SHUTTERS2142-145
i
WINDOWS AND DOMES
146-163
SLIDING DOORS
164-193
HOME AUTOMATION
194-205
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
206-231
SYMBOLS
232-233
ORDER FORM
234-236
GENERAL SALES CONDITIONS
234-236
12 mm
5 mm
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEM
CODE
41005/050
41007/051
41012/001
41012/002
41012/003
41012/800
41012/802
41012/804
41013/001
41013/002
41013/003
41013/004
41013/005
41013/006
41020/054
41026/001
41026/001
41026/800
41026/801
41026/802
41029/001
41029/050
41029/053
41029/054
41029/800
41032/001
41032/800
41032/801
41033/001
41033/800
41033/801
41035/001
41035/002
41035/800
41035/801
41050/002
41050/003
41050/050
41051/001
41051/002
41055/001
41055/003
41056/002
41056/004
41056/051
41056/052
41056/053
41056/054
41056/055
41056/056
41060/001
41060/050
41060/051
41060/052
41060/053
41060/054
41060/055
41060/056
41080/001
41080/002
41080/003
41080/004
41080/005
41080/008
41100/050
41101/001
41101/800
41101/802
41102/001
41102/050
41102/800
41102/802
41120/021
41120/023
41120/050
41120/051
41120/052
41124/001
41125/005
41125/007
41125/050
41126/051
41127/003
41127/023
41127/029
41127/101
41127/810
41127/811
41134/001
41134/002
41134/003
41180/053
P.
51
121
19-45
20-45
21-45
19
20
21
47
47
47
47
47
47
49
14-37
14-37
14
14
37
18-43
43
43
18-43
18-43
16-39
16
16
15-39
15
15
17-41
17-41
17
17
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
53
53
53
53
53
51
51
51-121
49-51
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
120
120
120
120
120
120
63-65
22-63
22
22
23-65
63-65
23
23
71
71
71
71
71
75
73
73
73
69
25
69
69
69-71
25
25
77
75
77
75
CODE
41180/061
41180/062
41180/063
41180/064
41200/005
41200/050
41200/051
41201/050
41201/051
41201/052
41201/055
41201/056
41210/001
41210/002
41210/054
41210/055
41210/058
41210/061
41210/062
41210/067
41210/068
41210/069
41210/801
41241/056
41243/800
41243/810
41243/058
41243/059
41522/001
41522/002
41523/001
41545/001
41580/001
41580/002
41580/003
41580/040
41580/041
41580/045
41580/046
41580/047
41580/050
41580/051
41580/052
41580/053.3
41580/053.4
41580/053.5
41580/053.6
41580/053.8
41580/054
41580/055
41580/056.3
41580/056.4
41580/056.5
41580/056.6
41580/056.8
41580/057
41580/058
41580/059
41580/060
41580/065
41580/070
41580/071
41580/071
41580/072
41580/073
41580/074
41580/080
41590/106
41600/001
41600/013
41600/014
41605/802
41615/008
41615/801
41623/001
41623/800
41623/801
41625/003
P.
77
77
23-25
67
69
71
73
75
22-24
63
65
67
69
87
87
87
87
85-87
85-87
87
87
26-85
26-85
85
85
26-85
26-85
26-85
85
85-87
26-85-87
26
27-89
27-89
27-89
27-89
27-89
97-99-101
99-101
101
97
99
101
101
97-99
99
97-99
97-99
101
97-99
101
97-99-101
97-99
97-99
99
101
101
99
97-99-101
97-99
97-99
99
101
101
97-99-101
99
101
101
101
97-99
97-99-101
101
99
101
101
101
97-99-101
49-106
37-39
14-15
45-47
51
53
110
75
69-71
73
109
24-67
24
24
87-106
CODE INDEX
CODE
41626/001
41628/001
41637/001
41700/014
41700/016
41700/800
41700/801
41702/003
41703/001
41703/002
41704/002
41704/004
41706/007
41706/009
41800/002
41801/004
41801/005
41810/002
41810/050
41811/001
41811/050
41812/008
41812/050
41812/051
41812/052
41812/054
41817/001
41820/001
41820/050
41820/051
41820/053
41821/001
41821/048
41830/005
41830/006
41830/007
P.
69-71
73
106
109
16-17
19
20
21
37
39
41
45
47
51
53
110
106
77
121
51-53
121
110
49-51
67
69
71
73
110
37
117
117
53
53
112
106
115
117
117
118
118
75-77-118
119
14-15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
37
39
41
47
49
51
53
45
43
63
65
67
69
71
73
85
87
89
97
99
101
109
110
118
119
116-119
119
119
119
114
114
114
114
115
115
115
115
14-15
CODE
41830/050
41830/051
41830/052
41830/053
41830/054
41830/055
41840/006
41841/001
41841/009
41850/001
41850/002
41850/003
41850/004
41903/014
41905/004
P.
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
99
97
101
109
110
115
119-116
116
116-119
119-116
119-116
97-99
101
116
14-15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
63
65
67
69
71
73
85
87
89
109
110
116
75-77-116
73-110-116
85-87-117
75-77-117
75-77-117
75-77-117
112
14-15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
37
41906/001
41923/009
41923/051
41923/052
41923/053
41923/059
41926/001
41929/001
41929/003
41930/001
41930/005
41930/009
41930/102
APMA5845000
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
85
87
89
97
99
101
109
110
112
17
37-39
49
75
77
85
87
97
99
101
112
112
112
112
112
117
24-37
39
41
43
63
65
75
77
112
14-15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
47
45
49
51
53
67
69
71
73
116
110
109
113
113
113
113
121
DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
CODE
41704/002
41704/004
41704/005
41812/008
41841/009
41903/014
41905/001
41905/002
41905/004
41923/007
41923/009
41923/055
41929/001
42000/001
42000/006
42000/010
42100/200
42100/250
42100/300
42100/360
42100/400
42100/440
42100/480
42100/540
42100/600
42101/200
42101/250
42101/300
42101/360
42101/400
42101/440
42101/480
42101/540
42101/600
42102/200
42102/250
42102/300
42102/360
42102/400
42102/440
42102/480
42102/540
42102/600
42200/012
42200/013
42200/014
42200/015
42200/016
42200/050
42200/051
42200/052
42200/053
42200/054
42201/051
42205/001
42205/002
42205/003
42205/004
42205/005
42205/006
42205/007
42205/008
42205/009
42205/010
42205/011
42205/012
42205/015
42205/016
42205/017
42205/019
42205/061
42280/061
42280/067
42280/068
42280/070
42280/071
42280/075
42280/076
42280/077
42280/079
42280/081
42280/084
42280/085
42280/088
42281/060
42281/061
42281/062
42281/063
42281/064
42282/070
42282/073
P.
141-177
141-177
141
141
141
203
203
203
203-175
141
175
193
203
203
172
172
172
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
185
185
185
185
185
178
185
179
185
185
178
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
188
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
189
178
178
172
183
179
183
183
179
179
183
177
177
183
185
179
179
179
179
175
175
CODE
42282/075
42282/076
42282/077
42282/078
42282/082
42282/092
42282/096
42282/097
42283/090
42283/091
42283/092
42283/094
42283/096
42283/098
42300/002
42300/006
42300/007
42605/001
42605/002
42605/003
42605/050
42605/051
42605/056
42605/057
42605/058
42605/059
42605/060
42605/061
42705/201.0
42705/201.1
42705/201.2
42705/251.0
42705/251.1
42705/251.2
42705/301.0
42705/301.1
42705/301.2
42705/361.0
42705/361.1
42705/361.2
42705/401.0
42705/401.1
42705/401.2
42705/441.0
42705/441.1
42705/441.2
42705/481.0
42705/481.1
42705/481.2
42705/541.0
42705/541.1
42705/541.2
42715/201.0
42715/201.1
42715/201.2
42715/251.0
42715/251.1
42715/251.2
42715/301.0
42715/301.1
42715/301.2
42715/361.0
42715/361.1
42715/361.2
42715/401.0
42715/401.1
42715/401.2
42715/441.0
42715/441.1
42715/441.2
42715/481.0
42715/481.1
42715/481.2
42715/541.0
42715/541.1
42715/541.2
42715/601.0
42715/601.1
42715/601.2
42900/002
42902/003
42902/051
42902/052
42902/053
42902/054
42902/055
42902/056
42910/003
42910/006
42910/008
42910/010
43300/001
P.
177
177
177
175
177
176-193
193
176
176
176
176
193
176
176
175
175
183-175
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
171
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
172
172
172
174
172
172
172
172
178
172
178
178
133
CODE
43300/002
43302/001
43302/002
43302/003
43302/011
43302/802
43302/803
43302/804
43310/005
43310/006
43310/007
43320/001
43320/002
43320/003
43330/001
43330/002
43330/003
43340/001
43345/001
43364/001
43364/002
43364/003
43364/004
43364/050
43380/057
43380/058
43380/059
43380/060
43380/063
43380/064
43380/066
43380/068
43380/070
43380/071
43380/072
43380/073
43380/076
43380/077
43380/078
43380/079
43380/081
43380/082
43380/083
43380/084
43380/085
43380/086
43380/087
43380/088
43380/089
43380/090
43380/091
43380/092
43380/093
43380/094
43380/095
43380/096
43380/097
43380/098
43380/099
43380/100
43380/101
43380/104
43380/105
43380/106
43380/107
43380/108
43380/109
43380/110
43380/111
43380/112
43380/113
43380/114
43380/115
43380/116
43380/118
43380/119
43380/124
43380/125
43380/131
43380/156
43380/161
43400/052
43400/053
43400/054
43400/055
43400/056
43400/057
43400/059
43400/801
43400/802
43492/001
43492/002
CODE INDEX
P.
133
134
134
134
134
132
132
132
135
135
135
137
137
137
137
137
137
138
138
141
141
141
141
141
132-137
136
136
136
136
136
139
137
139
139
139
139
139
133
136
136
138
133
132-136
136
138
138
133
137
139
139
133
136
139
139
139
139
139
139
138
138
137
137
137
139
136
136
137
137
137
139
139
139
133
136
138
137
136
138
138
132-136
136
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
153
153
CODE
43492/003
43493/050
43493/051
43493/052
43493/053
43501/050
43502/001
43502/002
43502/003
43503/021
43503/022
43503/023
43503/024
43503/025
43503/026
43503/055
43503/056
43509/015
43509/050
43509/051
43531/050
43531/051
43531/052
43531/053
43531/054
43545/008
43545/009
43545/010
43545/050
43550/001
43550/051
43562/002
43562/004
43562/006
43562/008
43562/052
43562/054
43562/055
43562/057
43562/058
43562/059
43562/060
43562/061
43562/062
43562/063
43563/001
43563/002
43563/003
43563/006
43563/007
43563/008
43563/010
43563/011
43563/012
43563/021
43563/026
43563/030
43564/001
43564/002
43564/003
43564/006
43564/007
43564/008
43564/010
43564/011
43564/012
43564/021
43564/026
43564/030
43571/001
43571/002
43572/001
43572/002
43572/003
43573/001
43573/002
43573/003
43574/050
43574/051
43574/052
43580/064
43580/065
43580/067
43580/068
43645/004
43645/005
43660/002
43660/006
43660/007
43660/008
43660/101
43665/004
P.
153
153
153
153
153
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
155
151
151
151
159
159
159
159
159
157
157
157
157
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
163
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
159
203
205
205
205
205
205
205
203
CODE
43665/015
43665/018
43701/050
43701/051
43701/052
43701/055
43701/063
43800/001
43801/001
43801/002
43801/003
43802/002
43802/003
43810/001
43810/002
43810/003
43901/001
43901/005
49520/084
49520/085
49520/086
49520/087
49520/088
49520/089
49520/090
49520/091
49520/092
49520/093
49520/094
49520/095
49520/096
49520/097
49520/098
49520/099
49520/100
49520/101
49520/102
49520/103
49520/104
49520/105
49520/106
49520/107
49520/108
49520/109
49520/110
49520/111
49520/112
49520/113
49520/114
49520/115
49520/116
49520/117
49520/118
49520/119
49520/120
49520/121
49520/122
49520/126
49520/127
49520/128
49520/129
49520/130
49520/131
49520/132
49520/133
49520/134
49520/135
49520/136
49520/137
49520/138
49520/139
49520/140
P.
141-203
205
203
203
205
205
205
133
134
134
134
134
134
135
135
135
135
135
186
186
186
186
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
191
Aprimatic.
Certified Quality.
Aprimatic is Urmet S.p.A.’s
company access automation
systems. Aprimatic products
are designed, developed and
manufactured in compliance
with UNI EN ISO 9001
standards. This internationally
acknowledged certification
attests Urmet S.p.A.’s
status as a leader in the
Communication, Security
and Building Automation
industry and to the all-round
quality of its products and
services.
All Aprimatic products bear the mark
aprimatic.it
Aprimatic is a registered
trademark belonging
to Aprimatic S.r.l.
02
INTRO
THE URMET GROUP
Urmet Group.
Communication, security and energy.
All over the world, in every project.
Urmet Group means
integration of expertise
and international dimensions,
to offer global solutions
to its partners. Born in
Italy, it was able to develop
internationally and now it
has a significant presence on
the world market. Our Group
designs, develops and markets
SYSTEMS FOR
INTEGRATED
COMMUNICATION
AND SECURITY
Systems and Products
for Video Door Phone,
Intrusion Alarm, Access
Control, Fire Alarm, Video
Surveillance, Residential
Applications.
products and systems in the
communication and security
sectors, as well as in energy
management and saving and
telecommunications. In Italy
it is a leading manufacturer
of video door phone and
telephone systems, access
automation systems and
control, professional intrusion
SYSTEMS
FOR ENERGY
MANAGEMENT
AND SAVING
Photovoltaic, Wind Power,
Hydroelectric Power,
Geothermal Energy,
Biomass. Heat Metering and
Management Systems.
alarm systems, fire alarm and
video surveillance systems,
from private homes
to town redevelopment
planning, up to large public
infrastructures. It is as a
global partner for product
quality and service efficiency.
TELECOMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS
AND SOLUTIONS
Terminals, Telemetry
Systems, Road Lighting, Public
Telephone Network Systems,
Heat Exchangers, Transport,
Remote Management
Systems.
urmetgroup.com
INTRO
03
APRIMATIC
The champion
of automation.
Aprimatic is the leader
in Italy and in Europe for
access automation systems.
Thanks to the experience
gained in two decades of
presence in the market and
the very high know-how of
designers, engineers, testers
and consultants, Aprimatic
offers its customers high
performance, product
reliability and value retention
in time. Today, Aprimatic is
the only company offering
EXTERNAL CLOSING
SYSTEMS
Technological solutions for
swing and sliding gates, upand-over doors and traffic
barriers.
DOORS, WINDOWS
AND SHUTTERS
Systems for rolling shutters,
shutters, windows and domes,
sliding doors and home
automation.
all kinds of automation
systems, with a complete
range of products suitable for
residential, commercial and
industrial application as well
as for public areas.
KIT
Ready-made solutions to meet
the most common residential
automation requirements.
Catalogue guide
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
The RED section of the catalogue features
automation systems for gates, up-and-over
doors and for entrances installed in public areas,
as well as all-in-one kits for a wide range of
automation needs in residential and industrial
applications
DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
The WHITE section of the catalogue presents
automation devices for doors, windows and
rolling shutters. A specific chapter of this section
is devoted to home automation solutions
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
The GREY
appendix contains
the technical
data sheets
with product
dimensions
04
INTRO
AT THE SERVICE OF PROFESSIONALS
A COMPLETE RANGE
Aprimatic offers a complete range for every type of product, satisfying the needs of all end users and ensuring
their complete satisfaction.
COMMERCIAL ORGANISATION
Aprimatic supports its customers during the entire process, helping them choose the best solution, providing assistance
and guaranteeing a complete and accurate service. The sales network covers the entire Italian territory and responds
in real time to doubts or installation needs, providing specialised, competent and timely support.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Aprimatic Customer Service is available to companies and installers to provide all the necessary support during
installation and operation of the equipment.
aprimatic.it
INTRO
05
SERVICE NETWORK
Over forty authorised service centres throughout Italy constitute an extensive, homogeneous and always
up-to-date network.
WEB
Click on www.aprimatic.com to enter a world of information and services designed for end customers and installers,
including special on-line services such as consultation of detailed exploded views.
TRAINING
Meetings for the presentation of news, courses on new products and systems, update seminars on professional and
regulatory issues improve the quality of everyone's work and represent a benefit for end customers.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
06
INTRO
SHOWCASE
Traffic barriers
24V barriers used for the
management of continuous use
car parks in large apartment
buildings, companies, or even
private car parks with frequent
passage of vehicles during the
day.
Hydraulic operators
Operator for up-and-over
doors
12V Photocells
Hydraulic operators for swing
gates with hydraulic brake
during opening and closing.
Brand new low-voltage
electromechanical
operator for sectional and
counterweight-balanced
up-and-over doors.
The wall-mounted photocells
with a 20-metre range can
also be welded onto a post.
They are self-aligning and
with IP45 protection degree.
They operate with 12V and 24V
power supply.
FORTY TWENTY 270
P. 44-46
MATIC-BOX 800/1200
P. 88
ER12-24V
P. 118
NEW
AT APRIMATIC:
ARMS, OPERATORS
AND PHOTOCELLS
SERIE HARRIER
P. 94
aprimatic.it
INTRO
07
Radar
Wireless tubular motors
Remote controls for tubular
motors
Gate remote control
New microwave + IR mixed
technology radar for automatic
door control.
The entire range of Aprimatic
Revolux, known for its
performance and reliability,
is now available version with
control multiposition for the
management of the movement
of adjustable shutters, with
integrated receiver.
The new Revolux wireless
remote controls for tubular
motors are available with
one or five programmable
channels.
New remote control
for gates and up-and-over
doors supporting up to 4
radio channels for the
transmission of pulses.
SERIE REVOLUX MP
P. 126
1 / 5 CANALI
P. 135
TM4
P. 112
THE NEWS:
RADAR, WIRELESS
TUBULAR MOTORS
AND REMOTE
CONTROLS
DT90C
P.176
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
08
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
09
010
EUROPEAN STANDARDS
Standards EN 12453 and EN 12445 set out the minimum safety
parameters. For automatic closing systems whose operation
involves persons. These standards allow the identification of the
necessary technical measures aimed at ensuring the safety
of users and facilities.
Classification criteria include the position of the system,
the type of user and the control mode.
THE SYSTEM
can be:
THE USER
can be:
THE CONTROL
can be:
a system can be found in a delimited
private area, in a private area which
adjoins a public area or in a completely
public area.
a user is not instructed when he/she
has not received the necessary information
to operate the automation system; this
generally happens for automation systems
found in public areas. For automation
systems in private areas, instead,
the user is usually instructed.
the system can be controlled in a number
of ways: automatic when the pulse activates
a series of operations and not a single action;
radio-controlled if a pulse corresponds to
a single operation (e.g.: opening or closing);
operated by pulses from a fixed position
if the activation of the system is possible
from a single location even without automatic
control reset; finally, it may lack the
self-holding function, if the desired action
lasts as long as the command activation.
aprimatic.it
011
MANDATORY SAFETY DEVICES
THE SCENARIO – REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Control device
without
self-holding
with pulse from
a fixed position
radio control
automatic
privat d user
A
C
C
C+D
private area
not instructed
user
C
C
C+D
C+D
public area
instructed user
B
C
C+D
C+D
public area
not instructed
user
˜
C+D
C+D
C+D
A – Operator present and control with automatic reset
User and type of system
B – Operator present and control with manual reset
C–M
echanical or electronic devices (you need to
check the conformity of the impact forces
tolerated compared to reference standards)
D – Infrared photocells to detect obstacles in the
operation area
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPLIANT WITH EN 12453 - EN 12445 STANDARDS
System
Safety is guaranteed by
The system marks the boundary between a private and a public
area (e.g., the driveway gate with a ramp for a condominium
garage).
Aprimatic automation systems are designed for connection
of all types of infrared beam photocells, ensuring greater safety
for the user.
ON A PUBLIC AREA
INFRARED BEAM PHOTOCELLS
User
INSTRUCTED
SAFETY EDGES
The system is activated by people having received a proper
training on the automation system operation.
Sensitive edge used to prevent the risk of crushing due to
electric gates movement. In case of contact, the automation
system inverts motion and prevents damage to people and
property.
Control
RADIO
To send pulses even from a fixed position (e.g. from a desktop)
or from a mobile station.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
012
CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
Easy to purchase, fast to install
Aprimatic optimises your stock with only
a few references. Packaging is designed
to ensure exceptionally clear and readable
information, making it easier to find the right
product. Aprimatic has already identified
all the difficulties that may be encountered
by installers when working with highly
technological solutions and has therefore
decided to solve these problems with
practical ready-to-use kits. Everything
you need is ready for assembly: discover the
advantage of these genuine technological
gems to make your installations quicker,
easier and more durable.
Three-year warranty.
Aprimatic kits are covered
by an extended warranty.
For an unbeatable
long-lasting safety.
3
years
warranty
TYPES
SWING
GATES
SLIDING
GATES
UP-AND-OVER
DOORS
Recommended installation for gates
with one or two wings, where the operating
space is reduced by the presence of walls
and fences. Wings usually open inwards
inside the property and require a certain
room for movement.
Easy installation, ideal for moving
a single wing, equipped with rack,
running on a ground rail. This type
of system is used in long and narrow
spaces where the gate slides during
opening and closing.
Ideal installation for spring-loaded
or counterweight-balanced up-and-over
doors and sectional doors, for residential use.
• KIT MONZA ONDA 424
• KIT HOCKENHEIM ONDA 624
• KIT ONDA 623
• KIT INDIANAPOLIS ONDA 801
• KIT ESTORIL ALZO
•K
IT GA-MATIC CF 800
•K
IT GA-MATIC CF 1000
Operators with
vertical engine
• KIT G-MATIC AP350
Articulated
arm operators
• KIT RAIDER 2500
• KIT AP423
• KIT AP424
• KIT TWENTY 270 B
• KIT TWENTY 270 C
• KIT TWENTY 270 SF
• KIT FLEXI
aprimatic.it
013
Electromechanical wing operator KITS
KIT NAME
WING WIDTH (m)
1,83,04,0
WING WEIGHT (kg)
USE
RAIDER 2500
*
500
300
R
AP423/AP424
*
300
200
R
AP 350
*
350
R
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
Hydraulic wing operator KITS
KIT NAME
WING WIDTH (m)
1,83,04,0
TWENTY 270
WING WEIGHT (kg)
~
~
*
USE
R
C
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
Articulated arm operator KITS
KIT NAME
WING WIDTH (m)
1,8
3,0
4,0
FLEXI
WING WEIGHT (kg)
300
USE
R
Sliding gate KITS
KIT NAME
WING WEIGHT (kg)
USE
MONZA ONDA 424 (24V)
400
R
HOCKENHEIM ONDA 624 (24V)
400
600
R
C
ONDA 623 (230V)
400
600
R
C
INDIANAPOLIS ONDA 801 (230V)
500
800
R
C
Up-and-over door operator KITS
KIT NAME
MAX. DOOR DIMENSION
ESTORIL ALZO
3,5 x 3,0 m
R
MATIC-BOX 800
10-12 m2
R
MATIC-BOX 1200
14-18 m2
R
KEY
R
RESIDENTIAL
C
CONDOMINIUM
I
USE
INDUSTRIAL
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
014
KIT RACING RAIDER 2500
41026/800-801
24
Vcc
3
208
years
warranty
Self-learning configuration and possibility of adjusting
the parameters through a simple and intuitive menu.
Pre-drilled adjustable rear bracket. The arms are equipped
with mechanical limit stops to allow stroke adjustment.
Continuous operation guaranteed, in case of power supply failure,
by two optional emergency batteries.
The use of an electric lock is recommended for gate wings
longer than 1.8 metres.
Kit for swing gates, for residential use, with electromechanical
arm operator.
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WEIGHT
230 Vca - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
2500 N
1,8 m
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
3m
300 kg (for 3 m wing)
500 kg (for 1.8 m wing)
10 kg
WEIGHT KIT
KIT 41026/801: 733,47 euro. The kit includes:
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
41026/001
RAIDER 2500 Operator
2
41812/008
41600/014
RSK-24-2500 control unit
(with receiver 433.92MHz
PL-ECO)
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
Aprimatic signal panel
41026/800: 792,67 euro.The kit includes
(in addition to 41026/801):
41840/006
ET2N flashing light
1
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
1
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary
to use the electric lock.
NOTE: Not compatible with previous Raider model
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
015
KIT AP424
41033/800-801
24
Vcc
3
208
years
warranty
Elegant design suggests classic hydraulic models.
Irreversible motor for a maximum power during the closing.
Multiposition brackets for easy and fast assembly.
Stainless steel screw for maximum strengness and long life.
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
1500N
1,8 m
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WEIGHT
3m
Kit for swing gates, for residential, with electromechanical arm
operator.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
300 kg (for 2 m wing)
200 kg (for 3 m wing)
15 kg
WEIGHT KIT
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
41033/801: 649,00 euro. The kit includes:
41033/800: 899,00 euro. The kit includes:
(in addition to 41033/801)
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41033/001
AP424 Operator
2
41840/006
ET2N flashing light
1
41600/014
RSK-24-2500 control unit
(with receiver 433.92MHz
PL-ECO)
1
41812/008
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
2
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
Aprimatic signal panel
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
1
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
016
KIT AP 423
41032/800-801
3
208
years
warranty
Elegant design suggests classic hydraulic models.
Irreversible motor for a maximum power during the closing.
Multiposition brackets for easy and fast assembly.
Stainless steel screw for maximum strengness and long life.
Kit for swing gates, for residential, with electromechanical
arm operator.
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
230 Vac - 50 Hz
1500N
1,8 m
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WEIGHT
3m
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
300 kg (for 2 m wing)
200 kg (for 3 m wing)
15 kg
WEIGHT KIT
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
41032/801: 649,00 euro. The kit includes:
KIT 41032/800: 899,00 euro. The kit includes:
(in addition to 41032/801)
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41032/001
AP423 Operator
2
41840/006
ET2N flashing light
1
41628/001
BA230 control unit
(with receiver 433.92Mhz)
1
41812/008
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
2
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
1
Aprimatic signal panel
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
017
KIT G-MATIC AP 350
41035/800-801
230V
350K
3
209
years
warranty
Made in Italy.
Resistant to hifgh and low temperature.
Simple installation with brackets secured to the gate. The most
widespread among swing gate automation systems. Possibility
to create single or double wing systems. Unit control with
microprocessor and 433Mhz receiver, easy setting;
Irreversible operator with key to lock and unlock.
Complies with the current safety standards as regards to obstacle
detection and inversion of movement in accordance with EN12453
and EN12445 (product certified under ideal installation conditions).
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WEIGHT
WEIGHT KIT
230 V - 50 Hz
1,8 m
Kit for swing gates up to 350Kg per leaf. Residential use,
with electromechanical arm operator.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
3m
350 kg
17 kg
L min
L max
770 mm
1130 mm
41035/801: 603,87 euro. The kit includes:
41035/800: 703,13 euro. The kit includes:
(in addition to 41035/801):
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41035/001
Left swing gate
operator
1
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED
flashing light
1
41035/002
Right swing gate
operator
1
41628/001
BA230 control unit (with
receiver 433.92MH)
1
41812/008
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
41905/004
TM4 433,92 Mhz
four channel trasmitter
2
41929/003
Antenna Kit
1
Aprimatic signal panel
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
018
KIT FLEXI
41029/800
24
209
Vcc
Articulated arm fitted with mechanical limit stop, to adjust
the stroke and prevent the positioning in negative angle.
Control unit on board of the operator, with full self-learning
configuration. It can move wings having a maximum length of 3 m
(without electric lock).
Ideal for gates with large pillars.
Articulated electromechanical arm for swing gates for
residential use.
TECHNICAL DATA
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WEIGHT
PROTECTION DEGREE
WEIGHT KIT
230 Vca - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
3m
300 kg
IP44
30 kg
KIT 41029/800: 1389,40 euro. The kit includes:
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
41029/001
FLEXI 300 OPERATOR
1 operator Master with
dedicated on-board electronic unit and 433.92MHz
built-in radio receiver
1 operator Slave
2
41029/054
Articulated arm
for FLEXI operator
41905/004
41812/008
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
1
2
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED
flashing light
1
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
1
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
1
Aprimatic signal panel
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
019
KIT TWENTY 270 B
41012/800
3
210
years
warranty
Simple and linear design with a compatible aestetics for all types
of gates.
The slowing down system in the closing ((adjustable by control
unit)) allows a soft approach of the wings, silently and without
mechanical stress to the structure;
Emergency relaese system under the top cover.
It equipped with front hitch ball joint uniball threaded 20mm, like
the previous range ZT44, which allows to retrieve any tolerances
during the fixing.
Extremely sturdy and flexible pillar mounting thanks to the rear
flange with articulated aluminium fork.
TECHNICAL DATA
Kit for swing gates, with hydraulic operator with lock on openings
and closing. Condominium use.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
WEIGHT KIT
230 V - 50 Hz
4m
800 cycles/day
23 kg
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model
TWENTY 270
Length
(A)
Distance
attacks (B)
Rod stroke
(C)
990
723
270
KIT 41012/800: 1249,00 euro. The kit includes:
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41012/001
Operator TWENTY 270 B
2
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED
flashing light
1
41628/001
BA230 control unit
(with receiver 433.92Mhz)
1
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
2
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
1
Aprimatic signal panel
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
020
KIT TWENTY 270 C
41012/802
3
210
years
warranty
Simple and linear design with a compatible aestetics for all types
of gates.
The slowing down system in the closing (adjustable by control
unit) allows a soft approach of the wings, silently and without
mechanical stress to the structure;
Emergency relaese system under the top cover.
It equipped with front hitch ball joint uniball threaded 20mm, like
the previous range ZT44, which allows to retrieve any tolerances
during the fixing.
Extremely sturdy and flexible pillar mounting thanks to the rear
flange with articulated aluminium fork.
Kit for swing gates, with hydraulic operator with lock on closing.
Condominium use.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
WEIGHT KIT
230 V - 50 Hz
5500N
1,8 m
3m
800 cycles/day
23 kg
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model
Length
(A)
Distance
attacks (B)
Rod stroke
(C)
990
723
270
TWENTY 270
KIT 41012/802: 1349,00 euro. The kit includes:
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41012/002
Operator TWENTY 270 C
2
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED
flashing light
1
41628/001
BA230 control unit
(with receiver 433.92Mhz)
1
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
2
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
1
Aprimatic signal panel
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
021
KIT TWENTY 270 SF
41012/804
3
210
years
warranty
Simple and linear design with a compatible aestetics for all types
of gates.
The slowing down system in the closing (adjustable by control
unit) allows a soft approach of the wings, silently and without
mechanical stress to the structure;
Emergency relaese system under the top cover.
It equipped with front hitch ball joint uniball threaded 20mm, like
the previous range ZT44, which allows to retrieve any tolerances
during the fixing.
Extremely sturdy and flexible pillar mounting thanks to the rear
flange with articulated aluminium fork.
Kit for swing gates, with hydraulic operator without lock
on openings and closing. Condominium use.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
WEIGHT KIT
230 V - 50 Hz
5500N
3m
800 cycles/day
23 kg
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model
Length
(A)
Distance
attacks (B)
Rod stroke
(C)
990
723
270
TWENTY 270
KIT 40012/804: 1399,00 euro. The kit includes:
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41012/003
Operator TWENTY 270 C
2
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED
flashing light
1
41628/001
BA230 control unit
(with receiver 433.92Mhz)
1
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
2
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
1
Aprimatic signal panel
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
022
KIT MONZA ONDA 424
41101/800-802
24
Vcc
3
212
years
warranty
Complies with the current safety standards as regards to obstacle
detection and inversion of movement in accordance with EN12453 and
EN12445 (product certified under ideal installation conditions).
The electronic torque adjustment combined with encoder technology
guarantees a gradual approach during opening and closing movements.
Continuity of operation guaranteed, in the event of a power supply failure,
by a set of optional batteries which may be fitted in the operator casing.
Sturdy and reliable thanks to the die-cast aluminium casing.
Worm screw gear motor with aluminium body and on-board electronic
control unit. Equipped with adjustable-height foundation plate.
Emergency release lever with customised key, for use during power
supply failures.
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. GATE WEIGHT
Kit for sliding gates with wings up to 400 kg.
Residential use.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc with encoder
450 N
400 kg
EIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND 55 mm
H
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
100 cycles/day
WEIGHT KIT
10 kg
KIT 41101/802: 572,71 euro. The kit includes:
KIT 41101/800: 613,08 euro. The kit includes:
(in addition to 41101/802):
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41101/001
1
ONDA 424 gear motor with
dedicated on-board electronic
control unit, 433.92 MHz builtin superheterodyne radio
receiver, release key and
foundation kit
41840/006
ET2N 24V Led
flashing light
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
1
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz for
ET2N-ET20N
1
41812/008
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
Pcs.
Aprimatic signal panel
ITEM
NUMBER
ACCESSORIES COMPLETING THE KIT
41180/064
CP - Aprimatic 10m plastic rack with steel core
and mounts (module 4)
€
156,09
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue (refer to
the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
023
KIT HOCKENHEIM ONDA 624
41102/800-802
Safety
Tested
24
Vcc
3
213
years
warranty
Complies with the current safety standards as regards to obstacle
detection and inversion of movement in accordance with EN12453
and EN12445 (product certified under ideal installation conditions).
The electronic torque adjustment combined with encoder technology
guarantees a gradual approach during opening and closing movements.
Continuity of operation guaranteed, in the event of a power supply failure,
by a set of optional batteries which may be fitted in the operator casing.
Sturdy and reliable thanks to the die-cast aluminium casing.
Worm screw gear motor with aluminium body and on-board electronic
control unit. Equipped with adjustable-height foundation plate.
Emergency release lever with customised key, for use during power
supply failures.
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED CURRENT
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
MAX. GATE WEIGHT
HEIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
WEIGHT KIT
Sliding gate kit. Residential use for wings up to 600 kg.
Condominium use for wings up to 400 kg.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc with encoder
80 W
4,2 A
650 N
10 m/min
-20º +55º C
600 kg
55 mm
100 cycles/day
10 kg
KIT 41102/802: 601,55 euro. The kit includes:
KIT 41102/800: 700,17 euro. The kit includes:
(in addition to 41102/802):
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41102/001
ONDA 624 gear motor with
dedicated on-board electronic
control unit, 433.92 MHz builtin superheterodyne radio
receiver, release key and
foundation kit
1
41840/006
ET2N 24V Led
flashing light
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
1
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz for
ET2N-ET20N
1
41812/008
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
Aprimatic signal panel
ITEM
NUMBER
ACCESSORIES COMPLETING THE KIT
41180/063
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with
mounts (module 4)
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
75,93
024
KIT ONDA 623
41623/800
3
years
warranty
213
Complies with the current safety standards as regards to obstacle
detection and inversion of movement in accordance with EN12453
and EN12445 (product certified under ideal installation conditions).
The electronic torque adjustment combined with encoder technology
guarantees a gradual approach during opening and closing movements.
Continuity of operation guaranteed, in the event of a power supply failure,
by a set of optional batteries which may be fitted in the operator casing.
Sturdy and reliable thanks to the die-cast aluminium casing.
Worm screw gear motor with aluminium body and on-board electronic
control unit. Equipped with adjustable-height foundation plate.
Emergency release lever with customised key, for use during power
supply failures.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED CURRENT
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
MAX. GATE WEIGHT
HEIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
WEIGHT KIT
Sliding gate kit. Residential use for wings up to 600kg.
Condominium use for wings up to 400Kg.
230 Vac - 50 Hz
250 W
1,3 A
650 N
10 m/min
-20º +55º C
600 kg
55 mm
100 cycles/day
10 kg
KIT 41623/801: 739,00 euro. The kit includes:
KIT 41623/800: 779,00 euro. The kit includes:
(in additional to 41623/801)
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41623/001
ONDA 623 gear motor with
control unit SC230 on-board.
433.92 Mhz built-in radio
receiver, release key and
foundation plate kit.
1
41840/006
ET2N 24V Led
flashing light
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
2
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz
for ET2N-ET20N
1
41812/008
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
Aprimatic signal panel
€
ITEM NUMBER
ACCESSORIES COMPLETING THE KIT
41180/063
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanized steel rack with mounts (module 4)
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
75,93
025
KIT INDIANAPOLIS ONDA 801
41127/810-811
3
214
years
warranty
Maximum safety thanks to the on-board electronic control unit with
electronic torque adjustment.
An additional anti-crushing card can be connected as an optional for
gate auto reverse if an obstacle is detected during gate closing.
Steel gears with permanent lubrication.
Because it is self-locking, this gear motor keeps the gate shut.
Therefore, it is not necessary to use a lock.
In the event of power supply failure you can proceed with the manual
key release via a convenient unlocking device.
Kit for sliding gates. Residential use for wings up to 800 kg.
Condominium use for wings up to 500 kg.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
THRUST FORCE
MAX. WING WEIGHT
WEIGHT KIT
230 V - 50 Hz
1250 N
800 kg (residential use)
500 kg (condominium use)
13 kg
KIT 41127/811: 839,74 euro. The kit includes:
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41127/023
ONDA 801 gear motor with
SC230 on-board electronic
control unit, 433.92 MHz built-in
superheterodyne radio receiver,
release key and foundation kit
1
41127/810: 947,85 euro. The kit includes:
(in addition to 41127/811)
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz
four-channel transmitter
1
41840/006
ET2N 24V
flashing light
1
41929/003
KIT antenna 433.92 MHz for
ET2N-ET20N
1
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted
key-operated switch
1
41812/008
ER 12-24V
Pair of photocells
1
Aprimatic signal panel
€
ITEM NUMBER
ACCESSORIES COMPLETING THE KIT
41180/063
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
75,93
026
KIT ESTORIL ALZO
41210/801
3
217
years
warranty
Self-locking gear motor, keeping the up-and-over door closed even in
the absence of an electric lock. External emergency release (optional)
for accessing the garage in case of power supply failure.
Maximum anti-crushing safety for the lower edge of the door, thanks
to the on-board electronic control unit equipped with electronic torque
adjustment and anti-crushing system (which can be disabled).
Great quality material: steel drive parts, die-cast aluminium gear
motor body and ABS protective cover guarantee IP 44 protection degree.
Slowdown system for a soft approach of the door during opening and
closing, thus avoiding noise and mechanical stress to the structure.
Kit for counterweight-balanced up-and-over doors with
electromechanical operator. Residential use.
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. SHEET DIMENSION
WEIGHT KIT
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
230 V - 50 Hz
3,5 x 3 m
(for single motor)
5 x 3 m
(for double motor drive)
10 kg
EM 51
Galvanised return pipe
with pre-welded bush
Sheet fixing bracket
KIT 41210/801: 641,52 euro
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41210/002
ALZO electromechanical operator 1
with T3SC on-board electronic
control unit and 433.92 MHz
built-in superheterodyne radio
receiver
Pcs.
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel
transmitter
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41210/058
Pair of plasma-cut, quick-fit
curved arms
1
1
Aprimatic signal panel
ITEM NUMBER
ACCESSORIES COMPLETING THE SINGLE MOTOR KIT
41210/062
HARDWARE KIT (for single-motor installation)
€
126,05
The package includes:
Two 1.8 m, Ø 25 mm x 3 galvanised pipes with pre-welded bushes,
180 cm sheet fixing bracket
€
For two-motor installations suitable for doors up to 5 x 3 m, add:
Pcs.
41210/001
EM51 SLAVE OPERATOR
Including a pair of 20 cm pipes with splined bush
1
396,43
41210/061
ST180 - sheet fixing bracket L=180cm
1
32,45
41210/069
Pair of quick fit straight arms
1
64,91
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
027
KIT MATIC-BOX 800 / 1200
41243/800 / 41243/810
3
24
218
years
warranty
Vcc
Maximum anti-crushing safety thanks to the on-board electronic
control unit equipped with auto reverse function when an obstacle
is detected while closing the gate.
MATIC-BOX operators can be used for sectional doors if installed with
the adapter arm accessory, also for counterweight-balanced up-andover door automation.
Slowdown system for a soft approach of the door during opening and
closing, thus avoiding noise and mechanical stress to the structure.
Timed courtesy light built into the operator to light up the garage
during opening and closing.
Silent and resistant thanks to the belt drive.
Continuity of operation guaranteed, in the event of a power supply
failure, by a set of optional batteries which may be fitted in the operator
casing.
TECHNICAL
DATA
41243/800
41243/810
MAIN POWER
SUPPLY
220V ac
50/60Hz
24 Vdc
220V ac
50/60Hz
24 Vdc
800 N
1200 N
10-12 m2
14-18 m2
5 kg
5 kg
OTOR
M
POWER SUPPLY
TRACTION
FORCE
MAX. SHEET
DIMENSION
WEIGHT KIT
Kit with low-voltage electromechanical operator for sectional and
counterweight-balanced up-and-over doors. Residential use.
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
Dimensions mm
Width
height
Depth
218
365
125
218
KIT 41243/800: 279,00 euro
KIT 41243/810: 353,00 euro
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Pcs.
41243/800
MATIC-BOX 800 Operator with on-board unit
and 433.92 MHz radio receiver, nr.2 TM4 four channel
transmitter ( guide NOT included -see "Guides
completing the kit and accessories)
1
41243/810
MATIC-BOX 1200 Operator with on-board unit
and 433.92 MHz radio receiver, nr.2 TM4 four channel
transmitter (guide NOT included -see "Guides
completing the kit and accessories)
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
2
Aprimatic signal panel
€
ITEM NUMBER
GUIDES COMPLETING THE KIT AND ACCESSORIES
41241/056
Adapter arm for counterweight-balanced up-and-over doors
41243/058
3m Belt drive rail 2part (2pcsx1.65m)
78,00
41243/059
3.90m Belt drive rail 3 part (3pcs x 1.30m)
88,00
41840/006
ET2N - 24V Led flashing light
42,30
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
71,16
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
185,46
028
aprimatic.it
029
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
030
SWING GATES
TYPES
EXTERNAL MOUNTING
Linear operators
EXTERNAL MOUNTING
Articulated arm operators
UNDERGROUND MOUNTING
Simple installation with brackets secured
to the gate. The most widespread among
swing gate automation systems.
When the traditional external gear motor
cannot be installed due to lack of space.
It is virtually invisible and does not affect
the gate design style. It does not limit the
passage's clear width.
Electromechanical
RAIDER 2500
AP424
AP423
AP350
Electromechanical
FLEXI 300
Electromechanical
EM 73 N
Hydraulic
TWENTY 270
FORTY 270-390
aprimatic.it
Hydraulic
ZT 70
ZT 71
031
TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPOSITION
1) Operator: device allowing,
with an external power supply,
to move a gate.
2) Control unit: electronic unit for handling
the operator movement.
3) Transmitter: wireless equipment that
transmits information to the control
unit.
4) Antenna: device that increases the
reception of the signals sent by the
transmitter.
5) Flashing light: light signalling that the
gate is moving.
6) Pair of photocells: safety devices
stopping gate movement if an obstacle
is detected.
7) Control unit: it allows
activation of gate movement through
a mechanical or electronic key.
8) Electric lock: to be included based on
gate wing width.
4
5
7
6
2
6
8
1
6
1
3
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
6
032
EUROPEAN STANDARDS
Standards EN 12453 and EN 12445 set out the minimum safety
parameters. For automatic closing systems whose operation involves
persons. These standards allow the identification of the necessary
technical measures aimed at ensuring the safety of users and
facilities.
Classification criteria include the position of the system, the type of
user and the control mode.
THE SYSTEM
can be:
THE USER
can be:
THE CONTROL
can be:
a system can be found in a delimited
private area, in a private area which
adjoins a public area or in a completely
public area.
a user is not instructed when
he/she has not received the necessary
information to operate the automation
system; this generally happens for
automation systems found in public
areas. For automation systems in
private areas, instead, the user is
usually instructed.
the system can be controlled in a number
of ways: automatic when the pulse activates
a series of operations and not a single action;
radio-controlled if a pulse corresponds to
a single operation (e.g.: opening or closing);
operated by pulses from a fixed position if
the activation of the system is possible from
a single location even without automatic
control reset; finally, it may lack the selfholding function, if the desired action lasts
as long as the command activation.
aprimatic.it
033
MANDATORY SAFETY DEVICES
THE SCENARIO – REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Dispositivo di comando
A – Operator present and control with automatic reset
User and type of system
B – Operator present and control with manual reset
C–M
echanical or electronic devices (you need to
check the conformity of the impact forces tolerated
compared to reference standards)
D – Infrared photocells to detect obstacles in the
operation area
without
self-holding
with pulse from
a fixed position
radio control
automatic
private area
instructed user
A
C
C
C+D
private area
not instructed
user
C
C
C+D
C+D
public area
instructed user
B
C
C+D
C+D
public area
not instructed
user
˜
C+D
C+D
C+D
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPLIANT WITH EN 12453 - EN 12445 STANDARDS
System
Safety is guaranteed by
The system marks the boundary between a private and a public
area (e.g., the driveway gate with a ramp for a condominium
garage).
Aprimatic automation systems are designed for connection of all
types of infrared beam photocells, ensuring greater safety for the
user.
User
Control
The system is activated by people having received a proper
training on the automation system operation.
To send pulses even from a fixed position (e.g. from a desktop) or
from a mobile station.
ON A PUBLIC AREA
INFRARED BEAM PHOTOCELLS
INSTRUCTED
RADIO
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
034
REFERENCE LAYOUT FOR SWING GATES - EXTERNAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
4
5
7
6
8
1
2
1
6
6
3
KEY
1
Operator
4
433.92 MHz antenna
2
Electronic control unit
5
Flashing light
3
Transmitter
6
Pair of photocells
7 Control device: key-operated switch /
presence reader / keyboard combination lock /
card reader / magnetic keys
8 Electric lock
CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
EXTERNAL MOUNTING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
MODEL
RAIDER 2500
AP424
USE
R
R
AP423
AP350
FLEXI 300
TWENTY 270
POWER
SUPPLY
CYCLES
PER DAY
WING
WEIGHT
MAX. WING
WIDTH
TECHNOLOGY
PAGE
24 Vdc
50
500 Kg
1,8 m
Electromechanical
36
300 Kg
3,0 m*
300 kg
1,8 m
Electromechanical
38
200 kg
3,0 m*
24 Vdc
75
230 Vdc
R
R
R
230 Vac
50
350 Kg
3 m*
Electromechanical
40
24 Vdc
100
300 kg
3m
Electromechanical
42
230 Vac
800
1,8 m
Hydraulic
44
Hydraulic
46
3,0 m*
C
FORTY 270
C
230 Vac
1000
2,0 m; 4,0 m*
FORTY 390
I
230 Vac
800
3,0 m; 7,0 m*
Continuous >
aprimatic.it
035
REFERENCE LAYOUT FOR SWING GATES - UNDERGROUND AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
4
5
7
6
6
2
8
6
1
1
6
3
NOTE: For equipment and control, safety and warning devices, see the optional accessories indicated for the specific operator.
NOTE: For more devices, see the section "Control units and Indicators" in this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
UNDERGROUND-MOUNTED AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
MODEL
EM 73 N
ZT 70
USE
R
POWER
SUPPLY
CYCLES
PER DAY
WING
WEIGHT
MAX. WING
WIDTH
TECHNOLOGY
PAGE
24 Vdc
50
400 Kg
1,8 m
Electromechanical
48
200 Kg
3,5 m*
800 Kg
2,0 m
Hydraulic
50
Hydraulic
52
230 Vac
R
300
4,0 m*
C
ZT 71
230 Vac
R
300
800 Kg
4,0 m*
C
KEY
R
RESIDENTIAL
2,0 m
C
CONDOMINIUM
I
INDUSTRIAL
* Electric lock needed. For product version type, see key on page 233.
NOTE: T
he data provided refer to correctly installed products undergoing regular maintenance.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
036
RAIDER 2500
24
Vcc
Low-voltage
electromechanical
operator, for swing gates.
Residential use.
208
TECHNICAL DATA
2500
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WEIGHT
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
1,8 m
3m
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
300 kg (for 3 m wing)
500 kg (for 1.8 m wing)
50 cycles/day
IP44
BSORBED POWER
A
ABSORBED CURRENT
MAX. THRUST FORCE
ROD STROKE
LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY
WEIGHT OPERATOR
120 W
5A
2500 N
400 mm
16 mm/s
-20° +70° C
Electronic
8 Kg
NOTE: Not compatible with previous Raider model
aprimatic.it
037
Full self-learning configuration and
possibility of adjusting the parameters
through a simple and intuitive menu.
Pre-drilled adjustable rear bracket.
The arms are equipped with mechanical
limit stops to allow stroke adjustment.
The use of an electric lock is recommended
for gate wings longer than 1.8 metres.
Continuous operation guaranteed,
in case of power supply failure,
by two optional emergency batteries.
IDEAL INSTALLATION (1.8 M wing*)
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SINGLE WING
DOUBLE WING
41026/001
Raider 2500
1
2
€
each. 238,79
41923/009
RRSE - Unico 433.92 MHz Memory System superheterodyne receiver
1
1
88,67
41600/013
RSK 24-2500 - Electronic control unit (without 433Mhz receiver)
1
1
185,46
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
N
38,41
41812/008
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
1
1
71,16
41929/001
ANT433 - 433.92 MHz antenna with 4.5 m coaxial cable and ground connection
1
1
19,12
41840/006
ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
1
1
42,30
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
1
27,81
41702/003
Battery kit (optional)
1
1
67,23
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
N = Based on specific installation requirements
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41026/001
RAIDER 2500
24 V electromechanical operator including mounts and mechanical limit stops
238,79
41600/013
RSK 24-2500
Electronic control unit for RAIDER 2500 operator (without receiver), with built-in battery charging card
185,46
ITEM NUMBER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
41702/003
Battery kit nr.2 battteries 12Vcc - 1.3Ah
€
67,23
SET RAIDER 2500 INTERNATIONAL: 599,23 euro
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
41026/802
Q.ty
Set Raider 2500 International
Item numbers
included in the set
RAIDER 2500
41026/001
2
RSK 24-2500 CONTROL UNIT
41600/013
1
N = Based on specific installation requirements
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
038
AP424 / AP423
300
Electromechanical
operator, for swing gates.
Residential use.
208
TECHNICAL DATA
AP424
AP423
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WEIGHT
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
1,8 m
230 Vac -50 Hz
230 V
1.8 m
3m
3m
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
300 kg (for 2 m wing)
200 kg (for 3 m wing)
75 cycles/day
IP55
300 kg (for 2 m wing)
200 kg (for 3 m wing)
75 cycles/day
IP55
BSORBED POWER
A
ABSORBED CURRENT
MAX. THRUST FORCE
ROD STROKE
LINEAR SPEED
90° OPENING TIME
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY
WEIGHT OPERATOR
50 W
3A
1500N
400 mm
16 mm/s
15 s
-20° +70° C
Electronic
6,5 Kg
200 W
1A
1500N
400 mm
16mm/s
15 s
-20° +70°C
Electronic
6,5 Kg
aprimatic.it
039
Elegant design suggests classic
hydraulic models. Irreversible motor
for a maximum power during the closing.
Multiposition brackets for easy and fast
assembly. Stainless steel screw for
maximum strengness and long life.
IDEAL INSTALLATION (1.8 M wing*) MODEL AP424 24V
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SINGLE WING
DOUBLE WING
41033/001
AP424 24V operator
1
2
each. 259,00
185,46
41600/013
RSK 24-2500 - Electronic control unit (without 433Mhz receiver)
1
1
41923/009
RRSE - Unico 433.92 MHz Memory System superheterodyne receiver
1
1
88,67
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
N
38,41
41812/008
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
1
1
71,16
41929/001
ANT433 - 433.92 MHz antenna with 4.5 m coaxial cable and ground connection
1
1
19,12
41840/006
ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
1
1
42,30
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
1
27,81
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
N = Based on specific installation requirements
IDEAL INSTALLATION (1.8 M wing*) MODEL AP424 230V
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SINGLE WING
DOUBLE WING
41032/001
AP423 230V operator
1
2
each. 249,00
226,80
41628/001
BA230- Electronic control unit with 433.92Mhz receiver built-in
1
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
N
38,41
41812/008
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
1
1
71,16
41929/001
ANT433 - 433.92 MHz antenna with 4.5 m coaxial cable and ground connection
1
1
19,12
41840/006
ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
1
1
42,30
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
1
27,81
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
N = Based on specific installation requirements
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
040
AP 350
NEW
350
3
m
Operator for swing gates.
Residential use for wings
up to 3m 350Kg.
230
Vac
209
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
MAXIMUM LENGHT PER LEAF
MAXIMUM WEIGHT PER LEAF
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 Vac
3 mt
350 Kg
30 cycles/day
IP 44
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED CURRENT
ROD SPEED (CM/S)
USABLE STROKE
TERMIC PROTECTION
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
CAPACITOR
MOTOR WEIGHT
280 W
1,8 A
1,8
MAX 400 mm
150° C
-20° +70° C
8ųF
6 Kg
SAFETY
LOCK / UNLOCK
aprimatic.it
041
ossibility to create single
P
- or double-wing systems
uitable for left- and right swing leafs
S
Max. leaf opening 350kg length 3 mt
Simple installation
Easy to release in case of power blackout
Resistant to high and low temperatures
Rod stroke 400mm
Power supply 230Vac
Made in Italy
Safety lock / unlock
IDEAL INSTALLATION (1.8 m wing)*
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Q.ty
41035/001
Left swing gate operator AP350
1
€
190,22
41035/002
Right swing gate operator AP350
1
190,22
41628/001
BA230- Electronic control unit with 433.92Mhz receiver built-in
1
226,80
41905/004
TM4 433.92MHz four channel trasmitter
N
38,41
41840/006
ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
1
42,30
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
1
71,16
41929/001
ATN433 MHz antenna with 5mt coaxial cable and ground connection
1
19,12
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
27,81
(*) For gates with wings longer than 1.8 m, it is necessary to use the electric lock.
N: Based on specific installation requirements.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Q.ty
41035/001
Left swing gate operator AP350
1
190,22
41035/002
Right swing gate operator AP350
1
190,22
41628/001
BA230- Electronic control unit with 433.92Mhz receiver built-in
1
226,80
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
042
FLEXI 300
24
Vcc
209
Low-voltage
electromechanical
articulated arm, for swing
gates for residential use.
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WIDTH
MAX. WING WEIGHT
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
3m
without electric lock
300 kg
IP44
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED CURRENT
MAXIMUM TORQUE
MAX. OPENING ANGLE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY
WEIGHT OPERATOR
45 W per motor
1,87 A per motor
150 Nm
120°
-20° +55° C
Electronic
7 Kg
aprimatic.it
043
On-board control unit with full
self-learning configuration.
Articulated arm fitted with mechanical
limit stop, to adjust the desired stroke
and prevent negative angle positioning.
Emergency release positioned on the side
of the operator with customised key.
It can be remotized to allow the release
from the outside.
Optional 24 V battery kit
for automation operation in case
of power supply failure.
It can drive wings with a maximum
length of 3 m (without electric lock).
(*) Based on specific installation requirements.
IDEAL INSTALLATION (max. 3 m wing)*
ITEM NUMBER
SINGLE WING
41029/054
DESCRIPTION
FLEXI 300 OPERATOR
Electromechanical operator with on-board control unit and 433.92 MHz radio receiver
ARTICULATED ARM
41905/004
41029/001
€
1
734,33
1
83,46
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
38,41
41812/008
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
1
71,16
41929/001
ANT433 - 433.92 MHz antenna with 4.5 m coaxial cable and ground connection
1
19,12
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED flashing light
1
42,30
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
27,81
NOTE: For DOUBLE WING installation, use kit 41029/800.
N: Based on specific installation requirements.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41029/001
FLEXI 300
Electromechanical operator with on-board control unit and 433.92 MHz radio receiver
41029/054
Articulated arm for FLEXI operator
ITEM NUMBER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
41029/050
FLEXI limit stop kit
16,80
41029/053
ELC FLEXI - Optional card for electric lock and courtesy light management
67,80
734,33
83,46
€
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
044
TWENTY 270
NEW
Hydraulic swing gate
operators. For condominium
and intensive use.
UNIBALL MOUNT
210
TECHNICAL DATA
TWENTY 270
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
ABSORBED POWER
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
250 W
1.8 m
AX. THRUST FORCE
M
VERSIONS
SLOWDOWN
ON CLOSING
SLOWDOWN ON CLOSING
AND OPENING
LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
ROD STROKE
WEIGHT OPERATOR
5500N
B - C - SF
Yes
(electronically adjustable)
3m
800 cycles/day
IP55
NO
1.3 cm/s
-20° +70° C
270 mm
9.8 kg
045
Simple and linear design with
a compatible aestetics for all types
of gates.
The slowing down system in the closing
(adjustable by control unit) allows
a soft approach of the wings, silently
and without mechanical stress to the
structure; The slowing down can be
electronically adjustable.
It equipped with front hitch ball joint
uniball threaded 20mm, like the previous
range ZT4-ZT44, which allows to retrieve
any tolerances during the fixing.
IDEAL INSTALLATION
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41012/001
TWENTY (choose the version in the list of available models)
41605/802
ESB 433- 433.92MHz swing gate Elettroset
BA230 electronic control unit with 433MHz
built-in radio receiver
433.92MHz antenna kit
Item numbers included in the Elettroset
Two TM4 - 433.92MHz four-channel Transmiters
41905/004
ET2N 24V led flashing light
41840/006
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
41812/008
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
SINGLE
WING
1
DOUBLE
WING
2
1
1
€
each. 499,00
418,71
41628/001
41929/003
Signal panel
Max.wing width
without electric lock
Max.wing width
with electric lock
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41012/001
TWENTY 270 B
Hydraulic operator - locks on opening and closing
1.8 m
3m
41012/002
TWENTY 270 C
Hydraulic operator - locks on closing
1.8 m
3m
41012/003
TWENTY 270 SF
Hydraulic operator - without lock
-
3m
41628/001
BA230 electronic control unit with 433MHz built-in radio receiver
The slowing down opening and closing, is adjustable on all operators by control unit.
SF versions, without hydraulic lock, always require the use of the electric lock.
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
499,00
499,00
499,00
226,80
046
FORTY 270-390
NEW
Hydraulic swing gate
operators. For residential,
condominium and
intensive use.
210
TECHNICAL DATA
FORTY 270
FORTY 390
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
ABSORBED POWER
MAX THRUS T FORCE
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITHOUT ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. WING WIDTH
WITH ELECTRIC LOCK
MAX. CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
250 W
6700 N
2m
230 V - 50 Hz
350 W
7800 N
3m
4 m 7m
1000 cycles/day
IP55
800 cycles/day
IP55
VERSIONS
SLOWDOWN ON CLOSING
B - C - SF
yes - electronically
adjustable
1.3 cm/s
-25° +70° C
270 mm
13 kg
B - C - SF
yes - electronically
adjustable
1.3 cm/s
-20° +70° C
390 mm
13 kg
INEAR SPEED
L
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
ROD STROKE
WEIGHT OPERATOR
UNIBALL MOUNT
aprimatic.it
047
Simple and linear design
with a compatible aestetics
for all types of gates.
The standard hydraulic slowing down
system in the closing (non-adjustable)
allows a soft approach of the wings,
silently and without mechanical stress
to the structure; The slowing down can
be electronically adjustable.
It equipped with front hitch ball joint
uniball threaded 20mm, like the previous
range ZT40, which allows to retrieve any
tolerances during the fixing.
IDEAL INSTALLATION
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41013/001
FORTY (choose the version in the list of available models)
41605/802
ESB 433- 433.92MHz swing gate Elettroset
Item numbers included in the Elettroset
BA230 electronic control unit with 433MHz
built-in radio receiver
433.92MHz antenna kit
41628/001
Two TM4 - 433.92MHz four-channel Transmiters
41905/004
ET2N 24V led flashing light
41840/006
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
41812/008
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
SINGLE
WING
1
DOUBLE
WING
2
1
1
€
each.
679,00
418,71
41929/003
Signal panel
Max.wing width
without electric lock
Max.wing width
with electric lock
FORTY 270 B
Hydraulic operator - locks on opening and closing
2m
4m
679,00
41013/002
FORTY 270 C
Hydraulic operator - locks on closing
2m
4m
675,00
41013/003
FORTY 270 SF
Hydraulic operator - without lock
-
4m
671,00
41013/004
FORTY 390 B
Hydraulic operator - locks on opening and closing
3m
7m
799,00
41013/005
FORTY 390 C
Hydraulic operator - locks on closing
3m
7m
795,00
41013/006
FORTY 390 SF
Hydraulic operator - without lock
-
7m
791,00
41628/001
BA230 electronic control unit with 433MHz built-in
radio receiver
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41013/001
NOTE : All operators are equipped with hydraulic slowing down in the closing system fix (but electronically adjustable).
NOTE : The Forty B-C operator can also be used with wings longer than 2.0 m, but in that case the electric locks is required.
SF versions, without hydraulic lock, always require the use of the electric lock.
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
226,80
048
EM 73N
CIA 173
EM 73N
24
Vcc
Underground
electromechanical
operator for swing gates.
Residential use.
211
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
WING OPENING ANGLE
WIDTH / WEIGHT
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
24 Vcc
110°, 140°, 180°
1,8 m / 400 kg
3,5 m / 200 kg*
IP67
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED CURRENT
NOMINAL TORQUE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
110° OPENING TIME
SLOWDOWN
WEIGHT OPERATOR
200 W
10 A
280 Nm
-20° +70° C
20 s
Optional
9 Kg
(*) It is necessary to use the electric lock with wings longer than 1.8 m.
aprimatic.it
049
The underground system is not visible,
and is ideal for those who do not wish to
alter the gate design style.
Maximum safety thanks to the 24 V
power supply voltage.
Anti-crushing safety ensured by a simple
adjustment of the T4 POWER electronic
control unit. Cataphoresis-coated sheet
metal.
EM 73N can be equipped with a separate
lever system that enables opening up to
140° or a chain pinion system for opening
up to 180°.
The application of an optional slowdown
system allows the EM 73N to let the doors perform a fast movement during the
stroke, and a soft approach on opening
and closing, thus eliminating noisy
impacts and rebounds.
For greater safety of operation,
a manual emergency release device
(SB73) is available upon request. A
customised key-operated lock prevents
accidental actuation of the wing's
emergency release pedal. The lock can
be activated from both inside and outside
the gate.
self-supporting container.
System of levers with anti-corrosion
electro-plating. 110° gate opening.
IDEAL INSTALLATION (max. 2 m wing)
ITEM NUMBER
SINGLE
WING
DESCRIPTION
DOUBLE
WING
€
41060/001
EM 73N Operator
1
2
353,54
41060/051
CIA 173 - 400 kg underground self-supporting box
1
2
206,90
41060/052
SB73 - Release lock
1
2
73,54
41600/001
T4 Power - Electronic control unit
1
1
249,72
41923/009
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz Memory System
superheterodyne receiver
1
1
88,67
41700/801
EKK 24V - Elettrokit
Item numbers included
in the Elettrokit
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
Two TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
41840/006
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
41812/008
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
237,61
Signal panel
41060/050
SAC - Gate wing mounting bracket
1
2
8,67
41060/055
1st wing slowdown kit
1
1
83,33
41060/056
2nd wing slowdown kit
~
1
37,89
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41060/001
EM 73N - 24 V underground, self-locking electromechanical operator
353,54
41060/051
CIA 173 - Underground self-supporting box
206,90
41600/001
T4 POWER - Electronic control unit
249,72
ITEM NUMBER
OPTIONAL
ACCESSORIES
41020/054
SCB - Buffer battery charging card. To charge buffer batteries up to 4.5 A, for use with T4 PRO
and T4 POWER units
41060/050
SAC - Gate wing mounting bracket
41060/052
SB73 - Release lock
€
€
31,03
8,67
73,54
41060/055
1st wing slowdown kit
83,33
41060/056
2nd wing slowdown kit
37,89
41060/053
LE140 - Lever-operated unit for opening up to 140°
70,70
41060/054
LE180 - Chain-operated unit for opening up to 180°
171,59
NOTE: On two-wing gates, the slowdown function requires 1 slowdown kit for the 1st wing and 1 slowdown kit for the 2nd wing if the T4 POWER electronic
control unit is used. On single-wing gates, the slowdown function requires 1 slowdown kit for the 1st wing if the T4POWER electronic control unit is used.
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
050
ZT 70
CIA 170
AT 175N
ZT 70
211
Underground swing
gate hydraulic operator.
Residential and
condominium use.
HYDRAULIC
CONTROL UNIT ZT 70
SINGLE-PHASE POWER
SUPPLY
ABSORBED POWER
MAX. WING WIDTH (m)
PUMP CAPACITY (Lt/min)
PROTECTION DEGREE
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE
OIL QUANTITY
OIL TYPE
WEIGHT WITH OIL
B4 B5 SF4 SF5
230 V - 50 Hz
2,0
0,6
250 W
2,0 4,0
0,75 0,6
IP54
-20° +70° C
40 Bar
1 Lt
AprimOil
5 kg
4,0
0,75
JACK
AT 175
AT 176
MAX. USEFUL
OPERATING ANGLE
MAX. WING WEIGHT
PROTECTION DEGREE
110°
200°
800 kg
IP67
800 kg
IP67
ANGULAR PUMP
SPEED FROM 0.6 Lt/min.
ANGULAR PUMP
SPEED FROM 0.75 Lt/min.
NOMINAL TORQUE
OIL QUANTITY
OIL TYPE
WEIGHT WITH OIL
6°/s
6°/s
7°/s
7°/s
410 Nm
1 Lt
AprimOil
12 kg
410 Nm
1,2 Lt
AprimOil
13 kg
aprimatic.it
051
Very low noise levels thanks to the
hydraulic brake used to slow down the
gate during opening and closing, thus
preventing rebounds and noisy impacts.
The automation is located underground
and therefore does not affect the design
style of the gate.
The anti-crushing system consists of
very sensitive bypass valves, calibrated
during installation. They immediately cut
the hydraulic pressure when an obstacle
is detected, to ensure maximum system
safety.
The system features an easy-maintenance
self-supporting box. The jack is accessed
by removing the stainless steel cover
without removing the gate wing.
An easy-to-use manual release device
ensures gate operation in the event
of power supply failure.
IDEAL INSTALLATION (max. 2 m wing)
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIZIONE
SINGLE WING
DOUBLE WING
41050/003
AT 175N - Hydraulic jack
1
2
388,32
41055/003
ZT 70B5 - Hydraulic control unit
1
2
450,34
41005/050
CIA 170 - 800 kg underground self-supporting box
1
2
179,05
41056/054
TF - 10 m hose for ZT70
1
1
45,79
41056/055
RAC - Pair of TF hose couplings
1
2
23,17
41700/016
AprimOil (1 litre bottle)
1
1
16,96
1
1
418,71
41605/802
ESB 433 - 433.92 MHz swing gate Elettroset
Item numbers included
in the Elettroset
BA230 electronic control unit with 433Mhz built-in
radio receiver
41628/001
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
Two TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
41840/006
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
41812/008
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
Signal panel
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION - HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
41055/003
ZT 70 B5
Hydraulic control unit with metal box - lock on opening and closing
450,34
41055/001
ZT 70 SF5
Hydraulic control unit with metal box, without hydraulic lock, electric lock required
410,92
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION - JACK
41050/003
AT 175N
Single hydraulic jack for use without self-supporting box (41005/050). Adjustable slowdown during opening and closing
388,32
41051/002
AT 176N single hydraulic jack for use without self-supporting box. Adjustable slowdown during opening and closing
431,22
41050/002
AT 175
Hydraulic jack with metal box and stainless steel lid. Adjustable slowdown during opening and closing
452,65
41051/001
AT 176
Hydraulic jack with metal box and stainless steel lid. Adjustable slowdown during opening and closing
501,92
41005/050
CIA 170
Underground self-supporting box complete with installation accessories and stainless steel lid
179,05
41050/050
PF 70
Foundation plate for AT 175, AT176 (cataphoresis coated)
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION - EQUIPMENT
41628/001
BA230 electronic control unit with 433.92 MHz built-in radio receiver
ITEM NUMBER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
41700/016
AprimOil (1 litre bottle)
41056/056
TRA - Copper pipe with 8 mm ext. Ø (to be ordered in the desired length)
€
27,17
€
226,80
€
16,96
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
6,36
052
ZT 71
CIA 171
ZT 71
212
Compact underground
hydraulic operator
for swing gates.
Residential and
condominium use.
CONTROL UNIT
SINGLE-PHASE
POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WIDTH (m)
PROTECTION DEGREE
ABSORBED POWER
OPERATING TEMP.
PUMP CAPACITY (Lt/min)
MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE
OIL TYPE
WEIGHT WITH OIL
OIL QUANTITY
B5
SF5
230 V-50 Hz
2,0
4,0
IP54
250 W
-20°+70° C
0,75
0,75
40 Bar
AprimOil
5 kg
1 Lt
JACK
USEFUL OPERATING ANGLE
MAX. WING WEIGHT
110° max.
800 kg
ANGULAR PUMP
SPEED FROM 0.6 Lt/min.
ANGULAR PUMP
SPEED FROM 0.75 Lt/min.
NOMINAL TORQUE
WEIGHT WITH OIL
OIL QUANTITY
OIL TYPE
6°/s
aprimatic.it
7°/s
410 Nm
12 kg
1 Lt
AprimOil
053
Very low noise levels thanks to the hydraulic brake to slowdown the gate
during opening and closing, thus preventing rebound and noisy impacts.
The automation is located underground,
and therefore does not affect the design
style of the gate.
The anti-crushing system consists of very
sensitive bypass valves, calibrated during
installation. They immediately cut the hydraulic pressure when an obstacle is detected to ensure maximum system safety.
by removing the stainless steel cover
without removing the gate wing.
An easy-to-use manual release device
ensures gate operation in the event
of a power supply failure.
The system features an easy-maintenance
self-supporting box. The jack is accessed
(*) Product certified under ideal installation conditions.
IDEAL INSTALLATION (max. 2 m wing)
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
SINGLE WING
DOUBLE WING
41056/002
ZT 71 B5 - (ZT 70 B5 control unit + AT 175N jack)
1
2
41056/051
CIA 171 - 800 kg Underground self-supporting box
41605/802
ESB 433 - 433.92 MHz swing gate Elettroset
Item numbers included in
the Kit
BA230 electronic control unit with 433Mhz
built-in radio receiver
41628/001
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
Two TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
41840/006
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
41812/008
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
€
849,10
1
2
176,75
1
1
418,71
Signal panel
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41056/002
ZT 71B5 (ZT 70B5 control unit + AT 175N jack)
Double hydraulic lock with adjustable slowdown on opening and closing
849,10
41056/004
ZT 71SF5 (ZT 70SF5 control unit + AT 175N jack)
Without hydraulic lock, adjustable slowdown on opening and closing
824,18
41056/051
CIA 171
Self-supporting box complete with installation accessories and stainless steel lid
176,75
NOTE: All compact hydraulic operators contain the SED 71/72 direct external release device
€
ITEM NUMBER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
41056/052
SED 71/72 - Direct external release (provided as standard with all ZT operators)
15,63
41056/053
SER 71/72 - Driven external release ZT 71 ZT 72
35,93
41704/002
CS - External strongbox, for driven release
74,19
41704/004
CSP - Wall mounted outdoor strongbox
61,43
41700/016
AprimOil 1 litre bottle
16,96
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
54
aprimatic.it
55
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
56
SLIDING GATES
TYPES
RESIDENTIAL USE
CONDOMINIUM USE
INDUSTRIAL USE
A wide range of motors for residential
use is available, for light wings up to 400
kg and heavy wings up to 1,200 kg, for the
installation of “custom-made” systems.
The following motors for condominium use
are available: for light wings of 300 kg and
heavy wings up to 2,000 kg.
For industrial use, it is possible to automate
heavy gates for large entrances (as in
the case of shopping centres, factories,
hospitals, etc.), with motors designed to
operate gates having wings up to 12,000 kg.
Designed to ensure maximum safety
in operation and reliable performance over
time, to withstand all weather conditions.
24V version
ONDA 424
ONDA 624
24V version
ONDA 624
230V version
AT 80 E
ONDA 2000
230V version
ONDA 623
ONDA 800
AT 80 E
230V version
ONDA 623
ONDA 801 E
AT 80 E
ONDA 2000
aprimatic.it
380V version
AT 86 T
AT 88 T
AT 90 T
AT 92 T
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
57
TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPOSITION
1) Operator: device allowing, with an
external power supply, to move a gate.
2) Control unit: electronic unit for handling
the operator movement.
3) Transmitter: wireless equipment
that transmits information to
the control unit.
4) Antenna: device that increases the
reception of the signals sent by the
transmitter.
5) Flashing light: light signalling
that the gate is moving.
6) Pair of photocells: safety devices
stopping the gate movement in case
of obstacles.
7) Control unit: it allows activation
of gate movement through
a mechanical or electronic key.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
8) Safety edge: sensitive edge used
to prevent the risk of crushing due
to electric gate movement. In case
of contact, the automation system inverts
motion and prevents damage to people
and property.
58
EUROPEAN STANDARDS
Standards EN 12453 and EN 12445 set out the minimum safety
parameters. For automatic closing systems whose operation
involves persons. These standards allow the identification
of the necessary technical measures aimed at ensuring
the safety of users and facilities.
Classification criteria include the position of the system,
the type of user and the control mode.
THE SYSTEM
can be:
THE USER
can be:
THE CONTROL
can be:
a system can be found in a delimited
private area, in a private area which
adjoins a public area or in a completely
public area.
a user is not instructed when he/she has
not received the necessary information
to operate the automation system; this
generally happens for automation systems
found in public areas. For automation
systems in private areas, instead, the user
is usually instructed.
the system can be controlled in
a number of ways: automatic when
the pulse activates a series of operations
and not a single action; radio-controlled
if a pulse corresponds to a single
operation (e.g.: opening or closing);
operated by pulses from a fixed position
if the activation of the system is possible
from a single location even without
automatic control reset; finally, it may lack
the self-holding function, if the desired
action lasts as long as the command
activation.
aprimatic.it
59
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
MANDATORY SAFETY DEVICES
THE SCENARIO – REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Control device
Utente e tipo di impianto
A – Operator present and control with automatic reset
B – Operator present and control with manual reset
C – Mechanical or electronic devices (you need
to check the conformity of the impact forces tolerated
compared to reference standards)
D – Infrared photocells to detect obstacles
in the operation area
Without
self-holding
With pulse from
a fixed position
Radio control
Automatic
Private area
instructed user
A
C
C
C+D
Private area
not instructed
user
C
C
C+D
C+D
Public area
instructed user
B
C
C+D
C+D
Public area
not instructed
user
˜
C+D
C+D
C+D
EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPLIANT WITH EN 12453 - EN 12445 STANDARDS
System
Safety is guaranteed by
The system marks the boundary between a private and
a public area (e.g., the driveway gate with a ramp for a
condominium garage).
Aprimatic automation systems are designed for connection
of all types of infrared beam photocells, ensuring greater safety
for the user.
User
SAFETY EDGE
The system is activated by people having received a proper
training on the automation system operation.
Sensitive edge used to prevent the risk of crushing due to
electric gates movement. In case of contact, the automation
system inverts motion and prevents damage to people and
property.
ON A PUBLIC AREA
INFRARED BEAM PHOTOCELLS
INSTRUCTED
Control
RADIO
To send pulses even from a fixed position (e.g. desktop)
or from mobile stations
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
60
REFERENCE LAYOUT FOR SLIDING GATE SYSTEMS
KEY
Gear motor with on-board electronic
control unit and built-in radio receiver
433.92 MHz antenna
Control device
Flashing light
Aprimatic sign
Transmitter
Pair of photocells
Safety edge
CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
EXTERNAL MOUNTING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
MODEL
USE
POWER
SUPPLY
CYCLES
DAY
MAX. WING
WEIGHT
CLUTCH
PAGE
ONDA 424
24 Vdc
100
400 kg
Electronic
62
ONDA 624
24 Vdc
100
600 kg
400 kg
Electronic
64
ONDA 623
230 Vac
230 Vac
100
600 kg
400 kg
Electronic
66
ONDA 800
ONDA 801 E
230 Vac
230Vac
100
200
800 kg
500 kg
800 Mechanical
500 Electronic
68
AT 80 E
230 Vac
200
800
1200 kg
800 kg
Mechanical
70
ONDA 2000
ONDA 2001
230 Vac
230 Vac
1000
1000
2000 kg
1000 kg
2000 Mechanical
2001 Electronic
72
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
61
REFERENCE LAYOUT FOR SLIDING GATE SYSTEMS
3
4
8
6
7
1
5
5
2
NOTE: For equipment and control, safety and warning devices, see the optional accessories indicated for the specific operator.
NOTE: For more devices, see the section “Control units and Indicators” in this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
EXTERNAL MOUNTING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
POWER
SUPPLY
CYCLES
DAY
MAX. WING
WEIGHT
CLUTCH
PAGE
AT 86 T
AT 88 T
380 Vac
380 Vac
Continuous use
Continuous use
2000 kg
4000 kg
Mechanical
Mechanical
74
AT 90 T
AT 92 T
380 Vac
380 Vac
Continuous use
Continuous use
8000 kg
12000 kg
Mechanical
Mechanical
76
MODEL
KEY
RESIDENTIAL
USE
CONDOMINIUM
INDUSTRIAL
NOTE: The data provided refer to correctly installed products undergoing regular maintenance.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
62
ONDA 424
24
Vcc
Low-voltage gear motor
for sliding gates.
Residential use for wings
up to 400 kg.
212
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WEIGHT
CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
400 kg
100 cycles/day
IP44
AX. ABSORBED POWER
M
MAX. ABSORBED CURRENT
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
HEIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND
WEIGHT OPERATOR
80 W
4.2 A
450 N
10 m/min
-20° +55° C
55 mm
7 Kg
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
Complies with the current safety
standards as regards to obstacle
detection and inversion of movement
in accordance with EN12453
and EN 12445 (*).
The electronic torque adjustment
combined with encoder technology
guarantees a gradual approach during
opening and closing movements.
63
Continuity of operation guaranteed,
in the event of power supply failure,
by a set of optional batteries which may
be fitted inside the operator casing.
Worm screw gear motor with aluminium
body and on-board electronic control
unit.Equipped with adjustable-height
foundation plate.
Sturdy and reliable thanks to the
die-cast aluminium casing.
Emergency release lever with
customised key, for use during power
supply failures.
(*) Product certified under ideal installation conditions.
IDEAL INSTALLATION
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Q.ty
41101/001
ONDA 424 with on-board control unit and 433Mhz receiver
1
425,41
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
N
each. 38,41
41929/001
Ant 433 - 433.92 MHz antenna with 4.5 m coaxial cable and ground connection
1
19,12
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED flashing light
1
42,30
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
27,81
41812/008
ER 12-24V - Pair of photocells
1
71,16
41180/064
CP- Aprimatic 10m plastic rack with steel core and mounts module 4)
1
156,09
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
N: Based on specific installation requirements
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41101/001
ONDA 424
with on-board control unit and receiver (rack required)
ITEM NUMBER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
41100/050
Battery charging card
41102/050
Battery kit (no. 2 batteries of 12V - 1.3Ah)
41180/064
CP - APRIMATIC 10 m plastic rack with steel core and mounts (module 4)
425,41
€
24,32
74,19
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
156,09
64
ONDA 624
Safety
Tested
24
Vcc
Low-voltage gear motor
for sliding gates. Residential
use for wings up to 600 kg,
condominium use for wings
up to 400 kg.
213
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WEIGHT
CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 Vac - 50 Hz
24 Vdc
600 kg
100 cycles/day
IP44
AX. ABSORBED POWER
M
MAX. ABSORBED CURRENT
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
HEIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND
WEIGHT OPERATOR
80 W
4.2 A
650 N
10 m/min
-20° +55° C
55 mm
7 Kg
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
Complies with the current safety
standards as regards to obstacle detection
and inversion of movement in accordance
with EN12453 and EN 12445 (*).
The electronic torque adjustment
combined with encoder technology
guarantees a gradual approach during
opening and closing movements.
65
Continuity of operation guaranteed,
in the event of power supply failure,
by a set of optional batteries which may be
fitted inside the operator casing.
Worm screw gear motor with aluminium
body and on-board electronic control unit.
Equipped with adjustable-height
foundation plate.
Sturdy and reliable thanks to the die-cast
aluminium casing.
Emergency release lever with customised
key, for use during power supply
failures.
(*) Product certified under ideal installation conditions.
IDEAL INSTALLATION
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Q.ty
41102/001
ONDA 624 with on-board control unit and 433Mhz receiver
1
508,88
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
each. 38,41
41929/001
Ant 433 - 433.92 MHz antenna with 4.5 m coaxial cable and ground connection
1
19,12
41840/006
ET2N - 24 V LED flashing light
1
42,30
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
27,81
41812/008
ER 12-24V - Pair of photocells
1
71,16
41180/064
CP- Aprimatic 10m plastic rack with steel core and mounts module 4)
1
156,09
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
N: Based on specific installation requirements
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41102/001
ONDA 624
with on-board control unit and 433Mhz receiver (rack required)
ITEM NUMBER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
41100/050
Battery charging card
41102/050
Battery kit (no. 2 batteries of 12V - 1.3Ah)
41180/064
CP - APRIMATIC 10 m plastic rack with steel core and mounts (module 4)
508,88
€
24,32
74,19
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
156,09
66
ONDA 623
213
Low-voltage gear motor for
sliding gates. Residential
use for wings up to 600 kg,
condominium use for wings
up to 400 kg.
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. WING WEIGHT
CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
600 kg
100 cycles/day
IP44
AX. ABSORBED POWER
M
MAX. ABSORBED CURRENT
MAX. THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
HEIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND
WEIGHT OPERATOR
1,3 A
250 W
650 N
10 m/min
-20º +55º C
55 mm
7 Kg
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
Complies with the current safety
standards as regards to obstacle detection
and inversion of movement in accordance
with EN12453 and EN 12445 (*). The
electronic torque adjustment combined
with encoder technology guarantees a
gradual approach during opening and
closing movements.
67
Continuity of operation guaranteed, in
the event of power supply failure, by a set
of optional batteries which may be fitted
inside the operator casing.
Worm screw gear motor with aluminium
body and on-board electronic control unit.
Equipped with adjustable-height
foundation plate.
Sturdy and reliable thanks to the die-cast
aluminium casing.
Emergency release lever with customised
key, for use during power supply
failures.
(*) Product certified under ideal installation conditions.
IDEAL INSTALLATION ONDA 623
ITEM NUMBER
41623/001
DESCRIPTION
ONDA 623 with SC230 on-board control unit and 433Mhz receiver
41180/064
CP- Aprimatic 10m plastic rack with steel core and mounts module 4)
41700/801
EKK-24V Elettrokit
Item numbers included in the kit
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
Two TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
ET2N- 24V Led flashing light
41840/006
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
41812/008
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
Q.ty
1
€
599,00
1
156,09
1
237,61
Signal panel
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
ITEM NUMBER
41180/064
ACCESSORIES
CP- Aprimatic 10m plastic rack with steel core and mounts module 4)
41180/063
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
156,09
75,93
68
ONDA 800 / 801 E
214
Gear motor for sliding gates,
for condominium use with
wings up to 500 kg and for
residential use with wings
up to 800 kg.
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. WING WEIGHT
CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
ABSORBED POWER
THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
HEIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND
WEIGHT OPERATOR
aprimatic.it
230 V - 50 Hz
800 kg (Z16)
500 kg (Z20)
100 cycles/day
IP44
260 W
1250 N (Z16)
1000 N (Z20)
9,5 m/min (Z16)
12,0 m/min (Z20)
-20º +70º C
70 mm
11 Kg
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
ONDA 800 - with mechanical clutch
for anti-crushing safety and preset
for integrating the control unit.
ONDA 801E - with SC 230 on-board
control unit and electronic clutch.
ONDA 801E / 800E - for residential gates
up to 800 kg, or condominium gates
up to 500 kg.
69
Self-locking worm screw gear motor
with anodised aluminium body.
Steel gears with permanent lubrication.
No electric lock required.
Z20 20-teeth pinion available
for installation in the gear motor
for applications requiring faster
automation speed.
Equipped with a practical key release
for manual operation in the event of power
supply failure.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - ONDA 800
ITEM NUMBER
41127/029
DESCRIPTION
ONDA 800 Z16 Motor with mechanical clutch
Q.ty
1
41180/063
CZ - APRIMATIC 4 m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
41615/801
ESS 433 - 433.92 MHz swing gate Elettroset
Item numbers included in the kit
SC230 control unit with 433.92MHz buit-in
radio receiver
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41626/001
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
41812/008
ET2N 24V led flasing light
41840/006
Two TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
€
469,47
1
75,93
1
442,63
Q.ty
1
704,79
41929/003
Signal panel
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - ONDA 801E
ITEM NUMBER
41127/023
41180/063
DESCRIPTION
ONDA 801 E Z16 Motor with electronic clutch and on-board SC230 electronic card
with built-in 433.92 MHz receiver
CZ - APRIMATIC 4 m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
41700/801
EKK-24V Elettrokit
Item numbers included in the kit
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
Two TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
ET2N- 24V Led flashing light
41840/006
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
41812/008
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
€
1
75,93
1
237,61
Signal panel
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
ITEM NUMBER
41127/029
41127/023
ITEM NUMBER
41126/051
DESCRIPTION
ONDA 800 Z16 (rack required)
Gear motor with mechanical clutch and 16-teeth pinion, preset for the integration of SC230control unit
ONDA 801E Z16 (rack required)
Gear motor with on-board SC230 control unit with built-in radio, electronic clutch and 16-teeth pinion
ACCESSORIES
PF 500/800 - Foundation plate (package with 4 pieces)
€
469,47
704,79
€
each. 23,01
41180/064
CP - APRIMATIC 10 m plastic rack with steel core and mounts (module 4)
41180/063
CZ - APRIMATIC 4 m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
75,93
41127/101
Z20 - 20-teeth pinion
42,81
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
156,09
70
AT 80 / AT 80 E
214
Sliding gate gear motor.
Intensive use for wings up
to 800 kg and residential use
for wings up to 1200 kg.
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MAX. WING WEIGHT
CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
ABSORBED POWER
THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
LUBRICANT QUANTITY
LUBRICANT TYPE
HEIGHT OF PINION FROM GROUND
WEIGHT OPERATOR
aprimatic.it
230 V - 50 Hz
1200 kg (Z16)
800 kg (Z20)
200 cycles/day
IP44
330 W
1400 N (Z16)
1120 N (Z20)
9,5 m/min (Z16)
12,0 m/min (Z20)
-20º +70º C
1,25 Lt
AprimOil SPIRAX
70 mm
13 Kg
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
71
Anti-crushing device with wet mechanical
clutch.
Wet gear motor with self-locking
reduction unit for lockless application.
Emergency release lever with customised
key for gate release and an effective
anti-intrusion protection.
Maximum reliability thanks to steel
gears and permanent system lubrication.
It can be secured to the ground both via
a fixed and a tilting support.
The latter allows operation even when
the guide is not on a perfectly level
surface, thus preserving mechanical
parts from operational stress.
SC230 electronic control unit on board
of the operator. On AT80E model only.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - AT 80 WITHOUT CONTROL UNIT
ITEM NUMBER
41120/021
DESCRIPTION
AT80 Z16 Gear motor without control unit
Q.ty
1
41180/063
CZ - APRIMATIC 4 m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
41615/801
ES 433.92 MHz sliding gate Elettroset
Item numbers included in the kit
SC230 control unit with 433.92MHz
buit-in radio receiver
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41626/001
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
41812/008
ET20N 230V flashing light
41840/006
Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
€
542,50
1
75,93
1
442,63
Q.ty
1
863,60
41929/003
Signal panel
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - AT 80E WITH CONTROL UNIT
ITEM NUMBER
41120/023
41180/063
DESCRIPTION
AT80E Z16 Gear motor with SC230 on-board control unit
with built-in 433.92 MHz receiverv
CZ - APRIMATIC 4 m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
41700/801
EKK-24V Elettrokit
Item numbers included in the kit
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
41812/008
ET2N- 24V Led flashing light
41840/006
Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
€
1
75,93
1
237,61
Signal panel
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
ITEM NUMBER
41120/023
DESCRIPTION
AT 80E YZ16 (rack required)
Gear motor with on-board SC230 control unit with built-in radio, 16-teeth pinion and electromechanical limit stop
41120/021
AT 80 YZ16 (rack required)
Gear motor preset for the integration of SC 230 control unit, 16-teeth pinion and electromechanical limit stop
€
863,60
542,50
NOTE: Each installation requires an IF 80 or IB 80 package.
€
ITEM NUMBER
41120/051
ACCESSORIES
IF80 - Fixed installation package
41120/052
IB80 - Tilting installation package
41120/050
PF80 - Foundation plate for masonry installation (package with 4 pieces)
41180/063
CZ - APRIMATIC 4 m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
75,93
41127/101
Z20 - 20-teeth pinion
42,81
17,95
49,25
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
each. 17,38
72
ONDA 2000 / 2001
215
Gear motor for sliding
gates with wings from
1000 up to 2000kg.
Intensive use.
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
MAX. WING WEIGHT
CYCLE NUMBER
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
2000 kg
1000 cycles/day
IP44
ABSORBED POWER
THRUST FORCE
MAX. LINEAR SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
LIMIT STOP
PINION
LUBRICANT TYPE
WEIGHT OPERATOR
700 W
2570 N
9,5 m/min
-20° +70° C
Electromechanical
Z16
AprimOil SPIRAX
18KG
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
73
For residential use, up to 2,000 kg,
or condominium use up to 1,000 kg.
ONDA 2001 - with on-board SC 230 device
and electronic control unit.
ONDA 2000 - with mechanical clutch
for anti-crushing safety without on-board
electronic control unit.
Worm screw gear motor
with permanent lubrication and anodised
aluminium body.
Practical lever release with customised
key for emergency operations.
NOTE: Due to the high power of the motor, properly evaluate the system risk analysis.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - ONDA 2000 Z16 MOTOR WITH MECHANICAL CLUTCH
ITEM NUMBER
41125/007
DESCRIPTION
ONDA 2000 Z16 Motor with mechanical clutch
41180/063
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
41615/801
ES 433.92 MHz sliding gate Elettroset
Item numbers included in the kit
SC230 control unit
41626/001
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
41812/008
ET2N 24V led flasing light
41840/006
Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
€
Q.ty
1
594,65
1
75,93
1
442,63
Q.ty
1
729,70
Signal panel
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - ONDA 2001 E Z16 MOTOR WITH ELECTRONIC CLUTCH
ITEM NUMBER
41125/005
41180/063
DESCRIPTION
ONDA 2001 E Z16 Motor with electronic clutch and on-board SC 230 control unit
with built-in 433.92 MHz receiver
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
41700/801
EKK-24V Elettrokit
Item numbers included in the kit
433.92 MHz antenna kit
41929/003
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
41840/006
ET2N- 24V Led flashing light
41840/006
Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41905/004
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
41830/007
€
1
75,93
1
237,61
Signal panel
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
ITEM NUMBER
41125/007
41125/005
DESCRIPTION
ONDA 2000 Z16 (rack required)
Gear motor with mechanical clutch and 16-teeth pinion, preset for the integration of the control unit
ONDA 2001 E Z16 (rack required)
Gear motor with on-board SC 230 control unit with built-in 433.92 MHz receiver, electronic clutch and 16-teeth
pinion
€
each. 594,65
729,70
€
ITEM NUMBER
41125/050
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
PF2000 - Foundation plate
41180/063
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
each. 22,01
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
75,93
74
AT 86 T / AT 88 T
216
Automation for
industrial sliding gates.
Intensive use.
TECHNICAL DATA
AT 86T
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
Three-phase 230/400 Three-phase 230/400
V - 50/60 Hz
V - 50/60 Hz
AX. GATE WEIGHT
M
PROTECTION DEGREE
2000 kg
4000 kg
IP44
IP44
MOTOR POWER
MAX ABSORBED CURRENT
NO. OF MOTOR/PINION REVS g/1’
DRIVE SPEED m/1’
PINION MODULE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
LUBRICANT BRAND
WEIGHT OPERATOR
1 kW
0,96 kW
1,07 A (a 400 V)
2,6 A (a 400 V)
1400/36
1400/33
9
9
4 mm
4 mm
-15° +60° C
-15° +60° C
API DT SINT 320
API DT SINT 320
35 Kg
50 Kg
AT 88T MOTOR
aprimatic.it
AT 88T
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
These motors are designed to drive
very heavy sliding gates. Intended for
an intensive use, they guarantee a high
degree of reliability
Adjustable dry clutch between the motor
and gear unit, for the preservation of
mechanical parts in case of obstacles to
the movement of the gate.
75
Toothed pinion suitable for 4 mm rack
module. Rack available in 1 m items with
adjustment slots and spacers for gate
installation. Bidirectional lever mechanical
limit stop.
The electromechanical unit consists of
a ventilated three-phase motor, coupled to
a steel worm screw gear unit
and a bronze gear.
Emergency manual operation thanks to
a device for trip disengaging mounted on
the gear unit, easily operable by rotating
the lever.
The gear motor is encased in a stainless
steel protective box with ABS inspection
door that can be opened
with a key.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - AT 86T
ITEM NUMBER
41134/002
DESCRIPTION
AT 86T Three-phase gear motor
Q.ty
1
€
2019,32
41615/008
A888 control unit
1
521,96
41923/009
RRSE - Unico 433.92 MHz Memory System receiver
1
88,67
41929/001
ANT 433 433.92 MHz Antenna
1
19,12
41811/001
ER2N Pair of photocells
1
95,62
41841/001
ET22 230V flashing light
1
62,59
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
each. 38,41
41180/063
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
1
75,93
41830/007
PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
1
27,81
NOTE: The same items can be used when installing an AT 88T gear motor.
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
N: Based on specific installation requirements
€
ITEM NUMBER
41134/002
DESCRIPTION
AT 86T - Three-phase gear motor (with foundation plate)
2019,32
41124/001
AT 88T - Three-phase gear motor (with foundation plate)
2179,29
ITEM NUMBER
41615/008
41180/063
ACCESSORIES
A888 Electronic control unit in sealed APRIMATIC container (IP55) with 4 operating modes: automatic, semiautomatic, dead-man operation, suitable for a three-phase (230/380 V - 50 Hz) or single-phase (740W) operator with
max. power 740W
CZ - Aprimatic 4m galvanised steel rack with mounts (module 4)
41850/002
CF1M - Straight safety edge 1.5 m
68,39
41850/003
CF2M - Straight safety edge 2 m
75,33
41850/004
CF3M - Straight safety edge 3 m
85,68
NOTE: The use of a safety edge is recommended.
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
521,96
75,93
76
AT 90 T / AT 92 T
217
Automation for
industrial sliding gates.
Intensive use.
TECHNICAL DATA
AT 90T
AT 92T
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
Three-phase 230/400
V - 50/60 Hz
8000 Kg
Three-phase 230/400
V - 50/60 Hz
12000 Kg
IP44
IP44
1,5 kW
3 kW
3,5 A (a 400 V)
6,8 A (a 400 V)
1400/23
1400/20
8
9
5 mm
8 mm
-15° +60° C
-15° +70° C
DTSINT 320
TIVELA OIL SC320
70 Kg
200 Kg
AX. GATE WEIGHT
M
PROTECTION DEGREE
MOTOR POWER
MAX. ABSORBED CURRENT
NO. OF MOTOR/PINION REVS G/1’
DRIVE SPEED M/1’
PINION MODULE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
LUBRICANT
WEIGHT OPERATOR
AT 90T MOTOR
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
These motors are designed to drive
very heavy sliding gates. Intended for
an intensive use, they guarantee a high
degree of reliability
Adjustable dry clutch between the motor
and gear unit, for the preservation
of mechanical parts in case of obstacles
to the movement of the gate.
77
Toothed pinion suitable for 5 mm rack
module (Mod. AT 90T) and 8 mm (Mod.
AT 92T). Rack available in 1 m items with
adjustment slots and spacers for gate
installation.
Bidirectional lever mechanical limit stop.
Emergency manual operation thanks
to a device for trip disengaging mounted
on the gear unit, easily activated by
rotating the lever (for Mod. AT 90T).
The gear motor is encased in a stainless
steel protective box with stainless steel
inspection door that can be opened with
a key.
The electromechanical unit consists of
a ventilated three-phase motor, coupled
to a steel worm screw gear unit and a
bronze gear.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - AT 90T
€
ITEM NUMBER
41134/001
DESCRIPTION
AT 90T Three-phase gear motor
Q.ty
1
41637/001
8382L three-phase control unit without receiver
1
751,15
41923/009
RRSE - Unico Memory System 433.92 MHz receiver
1
88,67
41929/001
ANT433 433.92 MHz antenna
1
19,12
41811/001
ER2N Pair of photocells
1
95,62
41841/001
ET22 230V flashing light
1
62,59
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
each. 38,41
41180/061
CZ Module 5 steel rack (1M)
N (order N metres
based on gate
length)
5436,07
each. 124,64
NOTE: The same items can be used when installing an AT 92T gear motor, swapping the rack with module 8.
NOTE: Use of a safety edge is recommended; see section “Control units and Indicators”.
N: Based on specific installation requirements
€
ITEM NUMBER
41134/001
DESCRIPTION
AT 90T - Three-phase gear motor (with foundation plate)
5436,07
41134/003
AT 92T - Three-phase gear motor (with template and foundation plate)
7878,02
41637/001
8382L three-phase unit (without receiver)
751,15
ITEM NUMBER
41180/061
ACCESSORIES
CZ - Rack rail in galvanised steel, module 5 (1 m with joints) - for AT 90T
124,64
237,63
€
41180/062
CZ - Rack rail in galvanised steel, module 8 (1 m with screws) - for AT 92T
41850/002
CF1M - Straight safety edge 1.5 m
68,39
41850/003
CF2M - Straight safety edge 2 m
75,33
41850/004
CF3M - Straight safety edge 3 m
85,68
NOTE: The use of a safety edge is recommended.
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
78
aprimatic.it
79
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
80
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
UP-AND-OVER /
SECTIONAL DOORS
TYPES
UP-AND-OVER DOOR WITH
COUNTERWEIGHTS OR SPRINGS
(with door automation)
COUNTERWEIGHT-BALANCED
UP-AND-OVER DOOR
(with drive or spring operator)
SECTIONAL DOOR
Door equipped with balancing system with
counterweights or springs. On opening
and closing, the door may wholly fall within
or partly protrude. Application with single or
double motor for heavy doors or up-and-over
doors with built-in pedestrian door.
Door equipped with balancing system
with counterweights or springs.
On opening and closing, the door may
wholly fall within or partly protrude.
Door equipped with spring balancing
system. Consisting of many horizontal
panels hinged together. When opening,
the door falls entirely within the garage.
Electromechanical
ALZO
TWIN ALZO
Electromechanical
MATIC-BOX 800
MATIC-BOX 1200
Electromechanical
MATIC-BOX 800
MATIC-BOX 1200
Hydraulic
AT 50
TWIN AT50
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
81
TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPOSITION
1) Operator: device allowing, with an
external power supply, to move a door.
2) Control unit: electronic unit for handling
the operator movement.
3) Transmitter: wireless equipment that
transmits information to the control unit.
4) Antenna: device that increases
the reception of the signals sent
by the transmitter.
5) Flashing light: light signalling
that the gate is moving.
6) Pair of photocells: safety devices
stopping the gate movement
in the presence of obstacles.
7) Control unit: allows activation of gate
movement through a mechanical
or electronic key.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
8) Safety edge: Sensitive edge used
to prevent the risk of crushing due
to electric door movement. In case
of contact, the automation system
inverts motion and prevents damage
to people and property.
82
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
REFERENCE LAYOUT FOR UP-AND-OVER DOOR SYSTEM
KEY
1
Operator
4
Safety edge
6
2
Pair of curved arms / curved arm
5
Electronic control unit
7 Control device
3
Transmitter
Pair of photocells
CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR COUNTERWEIGHT-BALANCED UP-AND-OVER DOORS
MODEL
USE
CYCLES
PER DAY
DOOR
DIMENSION
SAFETY
TECHNOLOGY
PAGE
ALZO
R
50
3,5 x 3,0 m
A*
Electromechanical
84
TWIN ALZO
R
50
5,0 x 3,0 m
A*
Electromechanical
84
AT 50
R
150
3,5 x 3,0 m
Bypass
valves
Hydraulic
86
150
5,0 x 3,0 m
Bypass
valves
Hydraulic
86
C
TWIN ALZO
R
C
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
83
REFERENCE LAYOUT FOR SECTIONAL DOORS / COUNTERWEIGHT-BALANCED UP-AND-OVER DOORS
1
2
2
1
2
3
3
NOTE: For equipment and control, safety and warning devices, see the optional accessories indicated for the specific operator.
NOTE: For more devices, see the section “Control units and Indicators” in this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
DRIVEN AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL AND UP-AND-OVER DOORS
MODEL
KEY
USE
CYCLES
PER DAY
DOOR
DIMENSION
SAFETY
TECHNOLOGY
PAGE
MATIC-BOX 800**
R
30
10/12 mq
A*
Electromechanical
88
MATIC-BOX 1200**
R
30
14-18mq
A*
Electromechanical
88
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
INDUSTRIAL
*A -Anti-crushing
**Suitable for counterweight-balanced up-and-over doors if equipped with curved arm.
NOTE: The data provided refer to correctly installed products undergoing regular maintenance.
NOTE: The choice depends on the force required to move the frame and not on its size.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
84
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
ALZO
217
Electromechanical operator
for up-and-over doors
Residential use.
TECHNICAL DATA
AIN POWER SUPPLY
M
NOMINAL TORQUE
INTERMITTENT USE
SHEET DIMENSION
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
450 Nm
50%
3,5 x 3 m single motor
5 x 3 m double motor
IP44
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED CURRENT
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
OPENING TIME
OVERLOAD INTERVENTION
WEIGHT OPERATOR
250 W
1,6 A
-20° +60° C
17 s
150º C
9 Kg
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
Self-locking gear motor, keeping
the up-and-over door closed even
in the absence of an electric lock.
External emergency release (optional)
for accessing the garage in case of power
supply failure.
High-quality materials:
steel transmission parts die-cast aluminium
gear motor body and ABS protection hood
with IP44 protection degree.
85
Maximum anti-crushing safety for the
lower edge of the door, thanks to the
on-board electronic control unit equipped
with electronic torque adjustment and
anti-crushing system (which can be
disabled) with sensitive edges.
Timed courtesy light built into the
operator to light up the garage during
opening and closing.
Slowdown system for a soft approach
of the door during opening and closing,
thus avoiding noise and mechanical stress
to the structure.
One of the best operators in the market.
Developing a 450 Nm torque, it allows the
automation of counterweight-balanced
up-and-over doors with size:
- 3.5 x 3 m using only one motor;
- 5 x 3 m, or up-and-over with built-in
pedestrian door using two motors.
IDEAL INSTALLATION FOR SINGLE MOTOR (max. sheet dim. 3.5x3 m)
ITEM NUMBER
41210/002
DESCRIPTION
EM51 OPERATOR with T3EC on-board control device (without receiver)
Q.ty
1
€
498,44
41923/009
RRSE - Unico 433.92 MHz receiver
1
88,67
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
38,41
41210/058
Pair of plasma-cut curved arms
41210/062
HARDWARE KIT
Item numbers included in the Kit
Two TZ - Ø25mmx3 galvanised pipes
with 1.8 m pre-welded bushes
ST180 - 180 cm sheet fixing bracket
41210/068
1
79,76
1
126,05
Q.ty
1
498,44
41210/061
NOTE: The installation can be completed by adding a flashing light
N: Based on specific installation requirements
IDEAL INSTALLATION FOR DOUBLE MOTOR (max. sheet dim. 5x3 m)
ITEM NUMBER
41210/002
DESCRIPTION
EM51 OPERATOR with T3EC on-board control device (without receiver)
€
41210/001
EM51 SLAVE OPERATOR Including a pair of 20 cm pipes with splined bush
1
396,43
41210/069
Pair of straight arms, with quick coupling (required for double motor installation)
1
64,91
41210/061
ST180 - Sheet fixing bracket L= 180 cm
2
32,45
41923/009
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz receiver
1
88,67
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
38,41
NOTE: The installation can be completed by adding a flashing light
N: Based on specific installation requirements.
€
ITEM NUMBER
41210/002
DESCRIPTION
EM51 T3EC OPERATOR - T3EC on-board electronic control unit (without receiver) Aprimatic signal panel
498,44
41210/001
EM51 SLAVE OPERATOR - Including a pair of 20 cm pipes with splined bush
396,43
ITEM NUMBER
41840/006
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ET2N -24V led flashing light
42,30
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
71,16
41210/054
SS EM 51 - Single external emergency release
22,01
41210/055
SD EM 51 - Double external emergency release
44,61
41201/052
Pair of straight telescopic arms
44,79
41201/051
Pair of curved telescopic arms
89,52
41210/068
TZ - 1.8 m Ø 25 mm x 3 galvanised pipe with pre-welded bushes
49,42
41210/061
ST180 - 180 cm sheet fixing bracket
32,45
41210/067
PST - Sheet fixing bracket extension
17,95
41850/001
CF3MS - 3.0 m straight safety edge (thin and specific for garage doors)
79,19
€
NOTE: Alzo application requires a rebalancing of the door (see instructions).
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators”
in this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
86
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
AT 50
218
Hydraulic operator
for up-and-over doors.
Residential, condominium
and intensive use.
TECHNICAL DATA
AT50B7
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
NOMINAL TORQUE AT 40 BAR
SHEET DIMENSION
230 V - 50 Hz
320Nm
3,5 x 3 m single motor
5 x 3 m double motor
IP53
PROTECTION DEGREE
ABSORBED POWER
NOMINAL TORQUE AT 40 BAR
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
OPENING TIME
250 W
320 Nm
-20°+60° C
AX. OPERATING PRESSURE
M
PUMP CAPACITY
OIL QUANTITY
WEIGHT WITH OIL
OIL TYPE
SLOWDOWN
WEIGHT OPERATOR
40 bar
1 Lt/min
1,3 Lt
13 kg
AprimOil
With T3E unit
10 Kg
aprimatic.it
13 s approx..
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
Maximum anti-crushing safety thanks
to the sensitive edges (optional) combined
with maximum pressure relief valves that
limit the maximum value of the hydraulic
pressure in the presence of obstacles
(adjustable during installation).
87
Locks on opening and closing (double lock):
the door remains shut without installing
further locks.
Very high resistance to shocks and stress
during operation thanks to the ductile cast
iron body.
AT 50 can be easily installed without
modifying the up-and-over doors.
Great hydraulic sealing thanks to internal
scrapers.
Ideal for heavy workloads
in the presence of large-sized up-and-over
doors.
Silent and regular performance guaranteed
by polyurethane seals and P.T:E. guide rings.
IDEAL INSTALLATION FOR SINGLE MOTOR (max. sheet dim. 3.5x3 m)
ITEM NUMBER
41200/005
DESCRIPTION
AT50B7 Operator
€
PCS
1
627,12
277,38
41625/003
T3E - Electronic control unit
1
41923/009
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz superheterodyne receiver
1
88,67
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
38,41
41210/069
Pair of quick-fit straight arms
1
64,91
41210/068
TZ - 1.8 m Ø 25 mm x 3 galvanised pipe with pre-welded bushes
2
49,42
41201/056
Pair of 30x15x1.5 mm tubular upright supports - 2.5 m bars
1
31,29
NOTE: The installation can be completed by adding a flashing light
N: Based on specific installation requirements
IDEAL INSTALLATION FOR DOUBLE MOTOR (max. sheet dim. 5x3 m)
ITEM NUMBER
41200/005
DESCRIPTION
AT50B7 Operators
€
PCS
2
627,12
277,38
41625/003
T3E - Electronic control unit
1
41923/009
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz superheterodyne receiver
1
88,67
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
N
38,41
41210/069
Pair of quick-fit straight arms
1
64,91
41201/055
Pair of 20 cm pipes with pre-welded splined bushes
1
34,35
41201/056
Pairs of tubular upright supports 30x15x1.5 mm - 2.5 m bars
2
31,29
NOTE: The installation can be completed by adding a flashing light
N: Based on specific installation requirements
€
ITEM NUMBER
41200/005
DESCRIPTION
AT 50B7 Operator
627,12
41625/003
T3E - Electronic control unit
277,38
ITEM NUMBER
41840/006
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ET2N -24V led flashing light
42,30
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
71,16
41201/050
ALZO/AT 50 slowdown limit stop unit
29,42
41200/050
SS AT 50 - AT 50 Single external emergency release
26,65
41200/051
SD AT 50 - AT 50 Double external emergency release
55,51
41201/051
Pair of curved telescopic arms
89,52
41201/052
Pair of straight telescopic arms
44,79
41201/055
Pair of 20 cm pipes with pre-welded splined bushes
34,35
41850/001
CF3MS - 3.0 m straight safety edge (thin and specific for garage doors)
79,19
€
NOTE: AT 50 application requires a rebalancing of the door (see instructions).
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue (refer to
the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
88
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
MATIC-BOX 800 / 1200
24
Vdc
800
1000
Low-voltage
electromechanical
operator for sectional and
counterweight-balanced
up-and-over doors.
Residential use.
218
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
OTOR POWER SUPPLY
M
OUTPUT VOLTAGE
TRACTION FORCE
OPENING/CLOSING SPEED
LAMP
LIGHTING TIME
DECODING
BATTERY
RADIO FREQUENCY
OPERATING TEMP.
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
MAXIMUM DOOR SIZE
DIMENSIONS (mm)
WEIGHT OPERATOR
aprimatic.it
800
1200
220-240V AC
50/60Hz
24DC
80W
800N
0.15 m/s
LED
3 minutes
Rolling code
Optional
433.92MHz
-20°C / +50°C
‹90%
10/12 m2
400x250x150
5 Kg
220-240V AC
50/60Hz
24DC
120W
1200N
0.15 m/s
LED
3 minutes
Rolling code
Optional
433.92MHz
-20°C / +50°C
‹90%
14/18 m2
400x250x150
5 Kg
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
Maximum anti-crushing safety thanks
to the on-board electronic control unit
equipped with auto reverse safety system
when an obstacle is detected while closing
the gate and to the use of sensitive edges.
The kit MATIC-BOX can be used for
sectional doors and when installed with
the accessory adapter arm, even to
automate up-and-over doors.
89
Slowdown system for a soft approach of
the door during opening and closing, thus
avoiding noise and mechanical stress to
the structure.
Timed courtesy light built into the
operator to light up the garage during
opening and closing.
Silent and resistant thanks to the belt drive.
Continuity of operation guaranteed,
in the event of power supply failure, by
a set of optional batteries which may
be fitted inside the operator casing.
Possibility of manual operation via the
release system (optional).
The pre-assembled guides optimise
installation time, while the encodercontrolled stroke simplifies the
configuration phase.
IDEAL INSTALLATION - MATIC-BOX 800
ITEM NUMBER
41243/800
41905/004
DESCRIPTION
MATIC-BOX 800 Operator with on-board unit and 433.92 MHz radio receiver, nr.2 TM4
four channel transmitter ( guide NOT included -see “Guides and accessories)
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
€
Q.ty
1
279,00
N
38,41
N: Based on specific installation requirements
IDEAL INSTALLATION OF COUNTERWEIGHT-BALANCED UP-AND-OVER DOORS - MATIC-BOX 1200
ITEM NUMBER
41243/810
41241/056
DESCRIPTION
Q.ty
MATIC-BOX 1200 Operator with on-board unit and 433.92 MHz radio receiver, nr.2 TM4 1
four channel transmitter ( guide NOT included -see “Guides and accessories)
Adapter arm for counterweight-balanced up-and-over doors
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
€
353,00
185,46
N
38,41
N: Based on specific installation requirements
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. sheet dimension
41243/800
MATIC-BOX 800
10/12 m
€
2
279,00
2
353,00
MATIC-BOX 1200
14/18 m
41243/810
The two packages include:
The MATIC-BOX MATIC-BOX Operator with on-board unit and 433.92 MHz radio receiver, nr.2 TM4 four channel transmitter
€
ITEM NUMBER
41241/056
MATIC-BOX GUIDES AND ACCESSORIES
Adapter arm for counterweight-balanced up-and-over doors
41243/058
3,30m Belt drive rail 2part (2 pcsx1,65m)
78,00
41243/059
3,90m Belt drive rail 3 part (3 pcs x 1,30m)
88,00
41840/006
ET2N -24V led flashing light
42,30
41812/008
ER12-24V Pair of photocells
71,16
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
185,46
90
aprimatic.it
91
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
CATALOGO
GENERALE2016
2016
92
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
TRAFFIC BARRIERS
TYPES
SINGLE OR DOUBLE BARRIERS
FOR RESIDENTIAL USE
SINGLE OR DOUBLE BARRIERS
FOR CONDOMINIUM
AND INTENSIVE USE
BARRIERS FOR INTENSIVE
USE OR FOR LARGE-SIZED
ENTRANCES
230V barriers employed
in the management of small private
or condominium car parks, with limited
vehicle traffic.
24V barriers used for the management
of continuous use car parks in large
apartment buildings, companies, or even
private car parks with frequent passage
of vehicles during the day.
These barriers are also used for accesses
used by special or large-sized vehicles.
?
covano rosso
Electromechanical
Harrier 4000R
Electromechanical
Harrier 4000I
Harrier 6000I
aprimatic.it
Electromechanical
Harrier 8000I
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
93
TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPOSITION
1) Operator: device with an external power
supply designed for access control.
2) Control unit: electronic unit for handling
the operator movement.
3) T
ransmitter: wireless equipment that
transmits information to the control unit.
4) Flashing light: light signalling
that the gate is moving.
5) Pair of photocells: safety devices
stopping the gate movement
in the presence of obstacles.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
6) Control unit: allows activation of gate
movement through a mechanical
or electronic key.
94
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR TRAFFIC BARRIERS
KEY
Automation for bars
Flashing light
Electronic control unit
Pair of photocells
Control device: key-operated switch /
presence reader / keyboard combination
lock / card reader / magnetic keys
Transmitter
CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR TRAFFIC BARRIERS
MOTOR POWER
SUPPLY
FREQUENCY
OF USE
BEAM MAX.
LENGTH (M)
TECNOLOGY
PAGE
HARRIER
4000R
230V
40%
4m
Electromechanical
96
HARRIER
4000I
24V
85%
5m
Electromechanical
98
HARRIER
6000I
24V
85%
6m
Electromechanical
100
HARRIER
8000I
24V
85%
8m
Electromechanical
100
MODEL
USE
aprimatic.it
95
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
REFERENCE LAYOUT FOR BARRIER SYSTEM (BARRIER WITH SKIRT)
NOTE: For equipment and control, safety and warning devices, see the optional accessories indicated for the specific operator.
NOTE: F
or more devices, see the section "Control units and Indicators" in this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
TRAFFIC BARRIERS - BEAMS
Beam profile*
H65 (AAP)
Beam profile*
H100 (AAG)
Ø 80
Max length 6 m
Telescopic
4,5-6 m
ELECTROMECHANICAL BARRIERS
Harrier 4000R
Harrier 4000I
Harrier 6000I
Harrier 8000I
KEY
RESIDENTIAL
CONDOMINIUM
I
INDUSTRIAL
* Beams with predisposition of accessories installation like shockproof rubber edge, Led lights strip kit, basculant pin. Accessories to be ordered for separate.
NOTE: The data provided refer to correctly installed products undergoing regular maintenance.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
96
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
HARRIER 4000R
219
Electromechanical traffic
barriers 230V, for vehicle
passage from 3 to 4 m.
Residential use.
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
OPENING TIME
BEAM LENGTH
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
7 s max.
from 3 to max. 4 m.
IP54
MAX. ABSORBED POWER.
ACCESSORY MAX. ABSORBED CURRENT
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
NOMINAL TORQUE
ANTI-CRUSHING
WEIGHT BARRIER
180 W
1,3 A
-25º+70º C
400 Nm
YES
40 Kg
Easy access for wiring and
configuration in the upper part
of the barrier.
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
User-friendly electronics: no configuration
is required for basic use. Parameters
are easy to check and set.
Easy to install: simple installation
and configuration. IT is only necessary
to balance the spring.
Reduced dimensions and next-generation
design: long and narrow shape.
97
High intensity of use: suitable
for the control of vehicular access
for small/medium car parks
for private use.
3. Release system with customised key.
4. The electronic control unit is housed
in a protective plastic casing with easy
access from the top.
5. Ready for "master-slave" mode for twin
barrier operation.
Main technical solutions adopted:
1. Super smooth action thanks
to the spring-loaded balancing system.
2. Strong construction featuring a metal
load-bearing framework.
IDEAL INSTALLATION HARRIER 4000R - SINGLE (SOLUTION A) OPPOSING BARRIER (SOLUTION B)
€
Solution A
Solution B
1
2
Beam fixing flange (to be selected based on beam chosen)
See Mandatory Accessories)
1
2
Beam (to be selected based on beam type)
-See Mandatory Accessories
1
2
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
41545/001
Harrier 4000R 230V barrier with on-board control unit
and foundation plate included
1192,80
Spring (to be selected based on length beam chosen)
1
2
141,52
1
~
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz superheterodyne receiver
88,67
1
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
38,41
N
N
41812/008
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
71,16
1
N
41830/055
CPC - PC column 12E H=110
57,37
N
N
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
27,81
N
N
41580/052
FC HARRIER - Fork support
41923/009
N: Based on specific installation requirements
NOTE: To complete the system, it is possible to add a second pair of ER12-24V photocells
€
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
41545/001
Harrier 4000R barrier with on-board control unit and foundation plate
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
€
1192,80
€
ITEM NUMBER MANDATORY ACCESSORIES
41580/052
FC - Fork support
141,52
41580/045
Fixing flange for H65 beam (AAP)
50,22
41580/055
PP - Articulated swinging tip
135,32
41580/046
Fixing flange for Ø80 beam Harrier 4000
74,19
41590/106
Aprimatic Stickers for Ø80 beam
(pack 50 stickers)
41580/057
Kit skirt module 1.8m each
41545/050
Foundation plate
OVAL BEAM H65 (AAP)
(Beams with predisposition
of accessories installation)
60,84
150,00
33,74
41580/040
- 4m long beam *
146,76
Ø 80 BEAM:
41522/001
ITEM NUMBER LED LIGHTS KIT AND RUBBER EDGE
€
41580/056.3
Shockproof rubber edge for beam L=3m
41580/056.4
Shockproof rubber edge for beamL=4m
41580/053.3
Led lights strip kit 6m for beam L=3m
150,00
41580/053.4
Led lights strip kiti 8m for beam L=4m
200,00
48,00
64,00
- 3,0m long beam*
135,42
ITEM NUMBER ACCESSORY DESCRIPTION MANDATORY SPRING
€
41580/070
"White" Balance spring
(for beam up to 3m)
51,39
41580/071
Yellow" Balance spring
(for beam up to 4m)
52,59
* see table for matching springs
HARRIER SPRING : CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
Beam and accessory type
3m
4m
H65 beam (AAP)
41580/070
41580/071
H65 beam (AAP)
with swinging tip or skirt
41580/071
41580/071
80Ø mm beam
41580/070
41580/071
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
98
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
HARRIER 4000I
24
Vcc
219
Electromechanical
traffic barriers 24V,
for vehicle passage
from 3 to 5 m.
Intensive use.
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
OPENING TIME
BEAM LENGTH
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
24V
from 2 to max. 5 m
5 m max.
IP54
MAX. ABSORBED POWER
ACCESSORY MAX. ABSORBED CURRENT
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
NOMINAL TORQUE
ANTI-CRUSHING
WEIGHT BARRIER
160 W
6A
-25º+70º C
200 Nm
YES
52 Kg
Easy access for wiring and
configuration in the upper part
of the barrier.
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
99
User-friendly electronics: no configuration
is required for basic use. Parameters
are easy to check and set.
High intensity of use: suitable
for the control of vehicular access
for medium/large parks, for intensive use
Easy to install: simple installation
and configuration. IT is only necessary
to balance the spring.
Main technical solutions adopted:
1. Super smooth action thanks
to the spring-loaded balancing system.
2. Strong construction featuring a metal
load-bearing framework.
3. Release system with customised key.
Reduced dimensions and next-generation
design: long and narrow shape.
4. The electronic control unit is housed
in a protective plastic casing with easy
access from the top.
5. Ready for "master-slave" mode for twin
barrier operation.
IDEAL INSTALLATION HARRIER 4000I - SINGLE (SOLUTION A) OPPOSING BARRIER (SOLUTION B)
Solution A
Solution B
1
2
Beam fixing flange (to be selected based on beam chosen)
See Mandatory Accessories)
1
2
Beam (to be selected based on beam type)- See Mandatory Accessories
1
2
Spring (to be selected based on length beam chosen)
1
2
141,52
1
~
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41580/001
Harrier 4000I 24V barrier with on-board control unit
and foundation plate included
2011,72
41580/052
FC HARRIER - Fork support
41923/009
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz superheterodyne receiver
88.67
1
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
38,41
N
N
41812/008
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
71,16
1
N
41830/055
CPC - PC column 12E H=110
57,37
N
N
27,81
N
N
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
N: Based on specific installation requirements
NOTE: To complete the system, it is possible to add a second pair of ER12-24V photocells
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41580/001
Harrier 4000I barrier with on-board control unit and foundation plate
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ITEM NUMBER
MANDATORY ACCESSORIES
41580/052
FC - Fork support
141,52
41580/045
Fixing flange for H100 beam (AAP)
56,16
41580/055
PP - Articulated swinging tip
135,32
41580/046
Fixing flange for Ø80 beam Harrier 4000
74,19
41590/106
Aprimatic Stickers for Ø80 beam
(pack 50 stickers)
41580/057
Kit skirt module 1.8m each
150,00
41580/040
- 4m long beam *
146,76
41580/058
Joint for beam
120,00
41580/041
- 5m long beam *
167,77
41580/054
Articulatet kit for beam
296,95
41580/050
Foundation plate
€
60,84
45,79
ITEM NUMBER
LED LIGHTS KIT
AND RUBBER EDGE
41580/056.3
Shockproof rubber edge for beam L=3m
48,00
41580/056.4
Shockproof rubber edge for beam L=4m
65,00
41580/056.5
Shockproof rubber edge for beam L=5m
80,00
41580/053.3
Led lights strip kit 6m for beam L=3m
150,00
41580/053.4
Led lights strip kit 6m for beam L=4m
200,00
41580/053.5
Led lights strip kit 6m for beam L=5m
250,00
€
2011,72
€
OVAL BEAM H65 (AAP)
(Beams with predisposition of accessories installation)
Ø 80 BEAM:
41522/001
- 3,0m long beam *
135.42
41522/002
- 6,0m long beam *
(to use up to 5m passage span)
255,59
ITEM NUMBER
ACCESSORY DESCRIPTION
- MANDATORY SPRING
41580/070
"White" Balance spring
(for beam up to 3m)
51,39
41580/071
"Yellow"Balance spring
(for beam up to 4m)
52,59
41580/072
"Green" Balance spring
(for beam up to 5m)
63,74
€
* see table for matching springs
HARRIER SPRING : CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
Beam and
accessory type
3m
4m
5m
41580/070
41580/071
41580/072
H65 beam (AAP)
41580/071
with swinging tip or skirt
41580/071
41580/072
80Ø mm beam
41580/071
41580/072
H65 beam (AAP)
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
41580/070
100 EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS
HARRIER 6000I / 8000I
24
Vcc
219
Electromechanical
traffic barriers 230V,
for vehicle passage
from 6 to 8 m.
Intensive use.
TECHNICAL DATA
6000I
8000I
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
OPENING TIME
BEAM LENGTH
PROTECTION DEGREE
230 V - 50 Hz
24V
8 s max.
6m
IP54
230 V - 50 Hz
24V
8 s max.
8m
IP54
MAX. ABSORBED POWER
ACCESSORY MAX. ABSORBED CURRENT
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
NOMINAL TORQUE
ANTI-CRUSHING
WEIGHT BARRIER
200 W
8A
-25º+70º C
300 Nm
YES
74 Kg
200 W
8A
-25º+70º C
300 Nm
YES
77 Kg
aprimatic.it
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEMS 101
User-friendly electronics: no configuration
is required for basic use. Parameters
are easy to check and set.
High intensity of use: suitable
for the control of vehicular access
for medium/large parks, for intensive use.
Easy to install: simple installation
and configuration. IT is only necessary
to balance the spring.
Main technical solutions adopted:
1. Super smooth action thanks
to the spring-loaded balancing system.
2. Strong construction featuring a metal
load-bearing framework.
3. Release system with customised key.
Reduced dimensions and next-generation
design: long and narrow shape.
4. The electronic control unit is housed
in a protective plastic casing with easy
access from the top.
5. Ready for "master-slave" mode for twin
barrier operation.
IDEAL INSTALLATION HARRIER 6000I/8000I - SINGLE (SOLUTION A) OPPOSING BARRIER (SOLUTION B)
€
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
41580/002
2242,43
Harrier 6000I 24V barrier with on-board control unit and foundation plate included
Beam fixing flange (to be selected based on beam chosen)
- See Mandatory Accessories)
Solution A
Solution B
1
2
1
2
Beam (to be selected based on beam type) -See Mandatory Accessories
1
2
Spring (to be selected based on length beam chosen)
1
2
41580/052
FC HARRIER - Fork support
141,52
1
~
41923/009
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz superheterodyne receiver
88.67
1
1
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitter
38,41
N
N
41812/008
ER12-24V - Pair of photocells
71,16
1
N
41830/055
CPC - PC column 12E H=110
57,37
N
N
41830/007
PC12E - Wall-mounted key-operated switch
27,81
N
N
N: Based on specific installation requirements
NOTE: To complete the system, it is possible to add a second pair of ER12-24V photocells
€
€
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
Beam length
ITEM NUMBER
MANDATORY ACCESSORIES
41580/002
Harrier 6000I 24V
6m
2242,43
41580/065
Fixing flange for H100 beam (AAP)
60,00
41580/003
Harrier 8000I 24V
8m
2438,00
41580/047
Fixing flange for Ø80 beam Harrier6000-8000
75,00
€
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
41580/052
FC - Fork support
141,52
41580/055
PP - Articulated swinging tip
135,32
41590/106
Aprimatic Stickers for Ø80 beam
(pack 50 stickers)
41580/057
Kit skirt module 1.8m each
150,00
41580/059
Joint for beam (AAG)
130,00
41580/051
Foundation plate
60,84
OVAL BEAM H65 (AAP)
(Beams with predisposition of accessories installation)
41580/060
6m long beam
212,99
41580/080
8m long beam (6m+2m wint joint)
327,50
Ø 80 BEAM:
41522/002
- 6,0m long beam
(see table for sptring matching)
255,59
41523/001
Ø80mm telescopic beam from 4.5m to 6m
326,95
ITEM NUMBER
SPRINGS
41580/071
"Yellow" Balance spring
(for beam up to 6m with accessories)
52,59
41580/073
"Blue" Balance spiring
(for beam up to 6m)
76,50
41580/074
"Red" Balance spring
(for beam up to 8m)
100.00
45,79
€
ITEM NUMBER LED LIGHTS KIT AND RUBBER EDGE
41580/056.6
Shockproof rubber edge for beamL=6m
96,00
41580/056.8
Shockproof rubber edge for beamL=8m
130,00
41580/053.6
Led lights strip kit 12m for beam L=6m
300,00
41580/053.8
Led lights strip kit 12m for beam L=8m
400,00
€
* see table for matching springs
HARRIER SPRING : CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
Beam and accessory type
NOTE: For the available safety and signalling devices and for installation
accessories, see section “Control units and indicators” in this catalogue
(refer to the initial index).
6m
8m
H100 beam (AAG)
41580/073
41580/073
H100 beam (AAG)
with swinging tip or skirt
41580/073 +
41580/071
41580/073 +
41580/074
80Ø mm beam
41580/074
41580/073 +
41580/074
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
102
103
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
104
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNITS
Aprimatic control units
ensure reliability and durability
thanks to the careful design
and selection of the best
components available and
offer the highest technological
content, together with
a variety of features.
Prestigious third-party
laboratories perform
compliance testing required
for EC marking and certify the
aprimatic.it
compliance of the equipment
with the requirements imposed
by European standards
for electrical safety and
electromagnetic compatibility.
105
Top quality electronic and
electromechanical components and
careful circuit design for exceptional
interference immunity.
Zero-crossing power triacs to minimise
interference and to guarantee perfect
operation and a long working life
of the equipment.
Spike filters built onto the card for high
protection against mains disturbances.
Short circuit and overload protection
fuses for 24Vdc transformers, motors
and accessories.
Voltage stabilisers dedicated to logic
circuits and power on/reset circuits
to protect against fluctuations
and transient power failures.
Boards, circuits, power components and
heat sinks all dimensioned to guarantee
trouble-free operation even in continuous
use at maximum nominal power.
Compact board size to leave plenty
of room for wiring and to ensure easy
installation and maintenance.
Numbered and mechanically polarised
removable terminal boards to guarantee
easy wiring and safe connections.
Plug-in connectors for easy installation
of receivers and optional boards.
Boxes fitted with locking devices operated
by a special key supplied as standard,
and seals with IP55 protection degree for
high resistance to atmospheric agents.
SWING GATE CONTROL UNITS
BUILT-IN
RSK24 2500
RAIDER 2500
•
AP424 24V
•
T4 POWER
•
AP423 230V
FLEXI
BA230
•
•
FORTY
•
TWENTY
•
EM 73N
ZT 70
•
ZT 71
•
SLIDE CONTROL UNITS
SC230
A888
8382L
•
ONDA 624
ONDA623
•
ONDA 800
•
AT 80 E
•
ONDA 2000-2001
•
AT 86 T
•
AT 88 T
•
AT 90 T
•
AT 92 T
•
UP-AND-OVER CONTROL UNITS
T3 EC
ALZO
BUILT-IN
•
ONDA 424
T3 E
INTEGRATA
•
•
AT 50
GA-MATIC CF800
•
GA-MATIC CF1000
•
BARRIER CONTROL UNITS
BUILT-IN
HARRIER 4000R
•
HARRIER 4000I
•
HARRIER 6000I
•
HARRIER 8000I
•
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
106
THE RANGE
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41628/001
BA230 - Electronic control unit for swing gates with one/two electromechanical
or hydraulic 230 Vac operators, with electronic slowdown and torque control,
built-in receiver, compatibility with all Aprimatic receiver modules
226,80
41626/001
SC230 - Electronic control unit for swing gates with electromechanical 230 Vac
operator, built-in receiver, compatibility with all Aprimatic receiver modules
219,00
41625/003
T3E - Electronic control unit for up-and-over doors and bars with one/two
electromechanical or hydraulic 230 Vac operators
277,38
41600/001
T4 POWER - Electronic control unit for swing gates with one/two
electromechanical 24 Vdc operators
249,72
* Until stocks last
ACCESSORIES
ITEM NUMBER
41706/009
€
FR 220 - Mains filter for electronic control units to be used in case of mains disturbances
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
aprimatic.it
34,76
107
CONTROL UNIT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DATA
BA230
POWER SUPPLY
SC230
Single phase 230 Vac (6% - 10%) - 50 Hz
230 Vac
MOTOR VOLTAGE
230 Vac
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
-20° +70° C
-20° +70° C
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
-40° +85° C
-40° +85° C
90% max. (non condensing)
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
IP 55
IP 55
Opening/Start
Yes
Yes
Closing
~
~
Pedestrian Start / Partial opening
Yes
Yes
PROTECTION DEGREE
INPUTS
Stop
Yes
Yes
Standard safety (photocell)
Yes
Yes
Additional safety
Yes
Yes
Limit stop
~
Yes
prepared for motor
control with encoder
Yes
Yes
Motor
2
1
Flashing light
Yes
Yes
Indicator light
Yes
Yes
Electric lock
Yes
~
Courtesy light
~
~
Accessory 24 Vdc power supply
1A
350mA
Limit stop slowdown
~
~
Electronic slowdown
Yes
Yes
Anti-crushing
~
Yes - with encoder
Electronic torque control
Yes
Yes
OUTPUTS
SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
Motor braking
Yes
Yes
Built-in 433.92 MHz
superheterodyne receiver
Yes
Yes
safety tests
Yes
Yes
Automatic standard
Yes
Yes
Automatic super
Yes
Yes
Automatic with Stop
~
Yes
Semi-automatic with Stop
Yes
Yes
Semi-automatic Open/Close
~
~
Dead man
~
~
Operating time
~
~
Pause time
Yes
Yes
Wing delay on closing
Yes
~
Braking delay
Yes
Yes
Torque adjustment
Yes
Yes
Slowdown
Yes
Yes
OPERATING MODES
SETTINGS
(1) With optional “Light Card”
(2) With optional “LS Card”
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
108
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL CONTROL UNITS
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR VOLTAGE
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
STORAGE
TEMPERATURE
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
PROTECTION DEGREE
T3E
230 Vac
-20° +70° C
T4 POWER
Single phase 230 Vac (6% - 10%) - 50 Hz
230 Vac
-20° +70° C
-40° +85° C
IP 55
-40° +85° C
90% max. (non condensing)
IP 55
INPUTS
Opening/Start
Yes
Yes
Closing
Yes
~
Pedestrian Start / Partial opening
~
Yes
Stop
Yes
Yes
Standard safety (photocell)
Yes
Yes
Additional safety
Yes
Yes
Limit stop
Yes
~
Motor
1
2
Flashing light
Yes
Yes
Indicator light
Yes
Yes
Electric lock
~
Yes
Courtesy light
Yes
Yes (1)
Accessory 24 Vdc power supply
300 mA
500 mA
Limit stop slowdown
Yes
Yes (2)
Electric slowdown
~
~
Anti-crushing
Yes
Yes
Electronic control of the torque
~
~
Motor braking
~
~
433 MHz built-in superheterodyne
receiver
~
~
Automatic Standard
SÌ
SÌ
Automatic Super
~
~
Automatic with stop Stop
~
~
Semi-Automatic with stop
SÌ
SÌ
Semi-Automatic open/close
SÌ
~
Dead man
SÌ
~
Operating time
Yes
~
Pause time
Yes
Yes
Wing delay on closing
~
Yes
Braking delay
~
~
Torque adjustment
~
~
Slowdown
Yes
Yes
OUTPUTS
SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
OPERATING MODES
SETTINGS
(1) With optional “Light Card”
(2) With optional “LS Card”
aprimatic.it
109
Elettroset and Elettrokit:
flexible and easy use for any automation system
COMPATIBILITY WITH APRIMATIC OPERATORS
ONDA 801E
AT 80E
ONDA 2000
ONDA 2001
•
~
~
ZT 70
~
~
~
~
HARRIER
4000R
ONDA 800
•
~
AP423 230V
•
~
~
•
~
HARRIER
8000I
ONDA 623
•
•
FORTY
•
•
~
~
HARRIER
6000I
~
~
•
~
~
TWENTY
~
•
433.92 MHz sliding gate Elettroset
230 V 433.92 MHz Elettrokit
24 V 433.92 MHz Elettrokit
ONDA 424
ONDA 624
ELETTROSET FOR SLIDING GATES / ELETTROKIT
ZT 71
FLEXI
433.92 MHz swing gate Elettroset
24 V 433.92 MHz Elettrokit
•
SWING GATE ELETTROSET / ELETTROKIT
•
~
~
~
•
HARRIER
4000I
ELETTROKIT FOR TRAFFIC BARRIERS
~
~
230 V 433.92 MHz Elettrokit
24 V 433.92 MHz Elettrokit
•
•
~
•
•
~
Price kit 41615/801: 442,63 euro
The kit includes:
ES 433.92 MHZ SLIDING GATE ELETTROSET
ITEM NUMBER
41626/001
41929/003
DESCRIPTION
- SC230 Electronic control unit with 433.92MHz
built-in radio receviver
- 433.92 MHz antenna
41905/004
- Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41840/006
- ET2N - 24V flashing light
41812/008
- ER 12 - 24V pair of photocells
41830/007
- PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
- Signal panel
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
110
Price kit 41605/802: 418,71 euro
The kit includes:
ESB 433.92 MHZ SWING GATE ELETTROSET
ITEM NUMBER
41628/001
41929/003
DESCRIPTION
- BA230 Electronic control unit with 433.92MHz
built-in radio receviver
- 433.92 MHz antenna kit
41905/004
- Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41840/006
- ET2N - 24 V flashing light
41812/008
- ER 12 - 24V pair of photocells
41830/007
- PC12E wall-mounted key-operated switch
- Signal panel
Price kit 41700/800: 231,85 euro
The kit includes:
ELETTROKIT EKK - 230 V
ITEM NUMBER
41929/003
DESCRIPTION
- 433.92 MHz antenna kit
41905/004
- Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41841/009
- ET20N - 230 V flashing light
41812/008
- ER 12-24V Pair of photocells
41830/007
- PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
- Signal panel
Price kit 41700/801: 237,61 euro
The kit includes:
ELETTROKIT EKK - 24 V
ITEM NUMBER
41929/003
DESCRIPTION
- 433.92 MHz antenna kit
41905/004
- Two TM4 433.92 MHz four-channel transmitters
41840/006
- ET2N - 24V LED flashing light
41812/008
- ER 12-24V Pair of photocells
41830/007
- PC12E Wall-mounted key-operated switch
- Signal panel
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
aprimatic.it
111
MEMORY
SYSTEM
ACCESS CONTROL
MEMORY SYSTEM 433.92
MEMORY SYSTEM is the perfect radio
access control solution for residential
and industrial buildings, condominiums,
car-parks, clubs, tourist ports and other
community applications.
Technology, design and special dedicated
access control functions make of Memory
System an indispensable tool for advanced
installers wishing to attract new customers
by guaranteeing maximum security.
Memory System’s access management
functions make it far more than just
another remote opening system and
allow installations to be managed with far
greater professionalism and skill.
4- and 14-KEY ROLLING CODE REMOTE
CONTROLS
• A single code set from
72,000,000,000,000,000 possible
combinations guarantees maximum
user security.
• Attractive, stylish design in clear orange
and red, and excellent ergonomics.
UNICO MEMORY SYSTEM RECEIVERS
Memory System receivers represent
a unique hardware and software solution
and can be expanded with up to 4 channels.
They are suitable for all installation types
and all access control requirements.
• 24 Vdc / Vac power supply, low
consumption (20 mA max. in stand by).
• 104 dBm sensitivity, range from 40 to 120
m, front end radio frequency input filter.
• Hopping / rolling code decoding system.
• Radio code self-learning, beeper
and flasher for code recognition.
• Standard removable memory module
for up to 496 different codes. Optional
module for over 2,000 codes.
• Standard relay output and relay modules
for up to 3 expansion channels with
4 operating modes:
pulse, hold, step-by-step, and timer with
programmable 1-255 second duration.
APRITOOL HAND-HELD CONFIGURATION
TOOL
A portable hand-held configuration tool
capable of installer code configuration,
renewal, disabling and cancelling even
wirelessly; active channel selective
disabling for each individual code; access
management configuration (base, easy,
special, super); data storage on receiver
memory modules; update download
onto a PC.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
APRIBASE1 CONFIGURATION BASE
A configuration base for remote controls,
receivers and memory modules.
For use in conjunction with Apricot
Manager software or the Apritool
configuration tool.
Complete with serial cable for connection
to a PC or to the Apritool configuration tool.
APRICOT MANAGER ACCESS
MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
Apricot Manager software allows installers
to make full, simple and intuitive use of
all Memory System access management
functions (user identification, lost code
cancellation, hierarchic access control,
etc.). The powerful database also allows
you to archive all installation data
for easier maintenance and warranty
management etc.
112
REMOTE CONTROLS AND RECEIVERS
MEMORY SYSTEM 433.92 MHZ
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel rolling code remote control
41903/014
TR14 - 433.92 MHz 14-channel remote control with function keys that can be
customised using the Apricot RC Customizer
41923/009
RR SE - Unico 433.92 MHz Memory System receiver (narrow-band
superheterodyne version) with built-in antenna
88,67
41929/001
ANT433 - 433.92 MHz antenna with 4.5 m coax cable and ground connection
to be used as external antenna for 41923/009 receiver
19,12
ACCESSORIES FOR UNICO MEMORY SYSTEM RECEIVER 41923/009
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
38,41
282,63
€
41923/052
CA41 - Expansion relay module for additional channel
22,01
41923/053
CA43 - Expansion relay module for 3 additional channels
35,93
41923/051
MM2 - Optional removable memory module up to 2,032 codes
41923/059
CR44 - IP44 container for outdoor installation
41706/007
CA2 – Expansion relay card (multiple package with 6 pcs.)
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
aprimatic.it
101,99
9,83
17,86
113
PORTABLE HAND-HELD CONFIGURATION TOOLS
APRIBASE 1
MEMORY
SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION TOOL
AND CONFIGURATION BASE FOR REMOTE
CONTROLS AND RECEIVERS
Customise Installer code and System
code. Select access management
functions. Select receiver output channel
functions: pulse, hold, step-by-step
and timer with 1-255 s programmable
duration. Configure codes in memory
modules or internal buffers. Configure
remote controls with code customisation.
Read remote controls.
Identify, read, edit and transfer
data to and from memory modules.
Cancel and disable memory module
codes. Edit memory module function
parameters. Program remote controls
to duplicate, replace and disable codes
by radio. Transfer data to and from PC.
HAND-HELD CONFIGURATION TOOL
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41930/005
The APRITOOL hand-held configuration tool must always be combined with
APRIBASE1
2.494,35
41930/001
Apribase 1 - Configuration base for memory modules and remote controls,
complete with power unit and battery charger for configuration tool
1.385,47
41930/102
Configuration cable for use with the TM4 41905/004 transmitter
77,22
APRICOT SOFTWARE
MEMORY
SYSTEM
APRICOT MANAGER
is the software allowing to make
full and simple use of all Memory System
access management functions.
It is also a very useful tool allowing the
installer to store customer and system
data, thus facilitating maintenance
operations, warranty management etc.
Using Apricot Manager does not require
any particular IT skills. The window-based
interface allows to perform all operations
in a simple and intuitive way.
The software is supplied on a self-installing
CD-ROM for PC with the following operating
systems: Windows 95, 97, 2000, NT.
Any prohibited or potentially dangerous
operations that could compromise
the integrity of stored data are protected
against operator errors. Access to the
application is protected by a password that
can be customised by the user.
Installation is protected with unique user
number for each support.
COMMON ACCESSORIES
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41930/009
Apricot Manager, Windows XP version (multi-language) - Access control
Software on self-installing CD-ROM only for PC with Windows XP operating
system (No Notebook) always in combination with APRIBASE1
Note : Ask availability to Customer Service.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
530,31
114
OTHER ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PROXIMITY READERS
PR5
New access control reader with proximityreader technology. The PR5 proximity
reader works with the practical keychain
Tag or ISO badge. PR5 is easily installed
even on existing systems, replacing
existing Aprimatic readers (CT/4, LB/4,
...) because it is mounted on the same
mechanics.
Reading distance: 5 cm
Decoder connection: 3-wire bus.
TAG
Proximity
keychain tag.
Reading
distance 5-8 cm.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41820/001
PR5 - Proximity reader
always in combination with the DEC/A 41820/050 decoding card
41820/051
Proximity keychain TAG*, reading distance 5-8 cm
9,83
41820/053
Proximity ISO badge TAG*
9,22
137,36
* For multiple purchases, always consider 1 extra TAG to be used as a Master.
DECODER
DEC/A
Decoder card with 256 codes
for access control systems.
Plug-in installation on Aprimatic
control units. DEC/A is compatible
with the PR5 proximity sensor;
CT4 keypad and LB4 magnetic card
reader. It replaces the previous range
of Aprimatic decoders (DC/3 and DB/4).
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41820/050
DEC/A - Access control decoder with 256 codes
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
INSTALLATION
NUMBER OF
STORABLE CODES
READER
CONNECTION
DIMENSIONS
24 Vdc ± 15%
Plug-in
256
3-wire bus
mm 105x65x30
€
85,77
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
aprimatic.it
115
KEYBOARD COMBINATION LOCK
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41800/002
CT4 - Electronic keyboard combination lock with capacitive keypad for over
2 billion possible combinations, data transmission on serial cable between
the keyboard and the decoding card ensures tamper-proof protection.
Always in combination with the DEC/A 41820/050 decoding card.
€
114,75
CARD AND MAGNETIC KEY READERS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41821/001
LB4 - Tamper-proof magnetic card reader with over 2 billion possible
combinations, data transmission on a serial cable between the reader and
the decoding card ensures tamper-proof protection. Always in combination
with the DEC/A 41820/050 decoding card.
41821/048
SB4/C - Coded magnetic card (badge)
€
220,23
5,20
* Item out-of stock. Request availability to back Office
ANTI-TAMPER KEY-OPERATED SWITCHES
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41830/006
PM12 - Two-contact metal key-operated switch for wall- or post-mounting
36,63
41830/005
PC12 - Two-contact key-operated switch, accessories are available for
recessed post- and wall-mounting and for external wall- and post-mounting
27,81
41830/007
PC12E - Two-contact key-operated switch, accessories are available for
recessed post and wall-mounting and for external wall and post-mounting
27,81
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
116
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR PR5; CT4; LB4; PC12; PM12 AND PC12E
LB4
41821/001
CT4
41800/002
PR5
41820/001
PC12
41830/005
•
•
•
PM12
41830/006
PC12E
41830/007
€
41830/051
46,68
H= 110 cm
Galvanised post for
key-operated switch
(height 110 cm)
41830/055
57,37
•
H= 110 cm
•
Aluminium post for
PC12E key-operated
switch (height 110 cm)
41830/053
2,87
Plastic container for
recessed wall-mounting
(pack of 6 pcs)
41830/050
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
15,00
PC12 Metal container
to be welded
41830/054
•
10,03
Metal container to be
welded (pack of 8 pcs)
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41812/051
Base plate for 41830/051 or 41830/055 post mounting (pack of 4 pcs)
11,32
41830/052
Bracket for metal pillar connection complete with screws to be
matched to 41830/050 or 41830/054 metal container (pack of 4 pcs)
5,20
FLASHING LIGHTS
ET 2N
ET 20N
Yellow light indicators always visible at a
distance in all weather conditions.
Made of polycarbonate, they have a high
degree of mechanical resistance to
impacts.
ET 22
Antenna Kit
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41840/006*
ET 2N - 24 V LED flashing light
42,30
41841/009*
ET 20N - 230 V single flashing lamp
32,45
41841/001
ET 22 - 230 V double flashing lamp
62,59
41929/003
433.92 MHz antenna kit for ET2N and ET20N
18,48
* Sold without antenna kit
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
aprimatic.it
117
METAL DETECTOR
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41801/004
230 V single channel Loop Detector
272,40
41801/005
230 V two-channel Loop Detector
346,24
STRAIGHT EDGES
Straight edges consist of an aluminium
support profile with a rubber profile
containing the steel cable system
for obstacle detection.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41850/002
CF1M - 1.5 m straight safety edge
68,39
41850/003
CF2M - 2.0 m straight safety edge
75,33
41850/004
CF3M - 3.0 m straight safety edge
85,68
41850/001
CF3MS - 3.0 m straight safety edge (thin and specific for garage doors)
79,19
RADIO BAND
TBX 868 MHz
RU 868 MHz
Radio signalling devices of safety edges
on automatic accesses. The Radio Band
system establishes a constant dialogue
between emitter and receiver at
a frequency of 868 MHz, with continuous
auto-test. Each receiver manages as many
as 6 transmitters.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41906/001
TBX 868 MHz - Radio Band transmitter
150,68
41926/001
RU 868 MHz - Radio Band receiver
170,96
OPTIONAL POWER UNITS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41703/002
AL1 - 24 Vdc 500 mA power unit for independent control of electric locks, relays,
CT4 keyboard combination lock, LB4 badge reader, with preset connection
for DC/3 and DB/4 decoding cards
103,17
41703/001
24 Vdc 250 mA power unit for safety devices and accessories - dimensions Ø 50
mm, h 30 mm, can be installed in 3-module flush-mounting boxes
46,93
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
118
PHOTOCELLS
ER12-24V - MINI PHOTOCELLS
FOR WALL-MOUNTING
The ER12-24V photocells, with 20-m
maximum range, are designed to be
welded onto a post or wall-mounted
and require no recess. The elements
are self-aligning and therefore need
no adjustments.
The transmitter and receiver are
infrared-modulated and therefore
unaffected by sun disturbances
or bright direct light.
IP45 protection degree guaranteed
by a special rubber seal that prevents
water infiltrations.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41812/008
ER12-24V - Modulated infrared photocells, 12-24 Vac power supply, for post- or wall-mounting
71,16
ER2N - PHOTOCELLS FOR
RECESSED MOUNTING
ER2N photocells are equipped with
an adjustment system that keeps them
perfectly aligned. The modulated infrared
beam makes them unaffected by sun
disturbances or bright direct light.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41811/001
ER2N - Modulated infrared photocells, 24 Vdc/Vac, for post mounting, recessed mounting
or inside a container to be welded, max. range 40 m
95,62
REFLEX PHOTOCELLS
REFLEX - PHOTOCELL WITH
REFLECTION OF POLARISED LIGHT
FOR AUTOMATIC GATES.
Quick installation (on wall or support post)
because it requires wiring only
to one end of the gate; the round reflector
must be secured at the same height as
the photocell, on the other end of the gate.
Extremely reliable, because it can detect
even highly reflective objects,
such as mirrors or glossy surfaces.
Extremely easy photocell alignment:
thanks to the analogue pointing LED,
finding the best efficiency point is easy.
An optional accessory is available
to protect the reflector from bumps
and splashes.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41810/002
REFLEX - Photocell with reflection of polarised light
97,94
41810/050
Reflector protection
12,95
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
MAX. ABSORBED POWER
MAX. RANGE RECEIVER RELAY CONTACT
INTERVENTION TIME
MAX. OPERATING DISTANCE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
LIGHT REJECTION
PROTECTION DEGREE
APPLICATION FIELD
24 Vdc / Vac
3W
1A - 24 Vdc for resistive loads; 0.5A - 24Vdc for non-resistive loads
20 ms
nominal 12 m
-15° +70° C
‹ 90% non condensing
20000 lux
IP 45
For use in protected environments (indoors, under porches, etc.)
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
aprimatic.it
119
PHOTOCELLS
ER180B - BATTERY-POWERED
PHOTOCELLS FOR WALL-MOUNTING
The ER180B photocells are equipped
with lenses adjustable up to 180°.
The TX transmitter is powered
by 2 1.5V batteries (2 x AAA or LR03)
with a maximum duration of 30 months.
The RX receiver is powered by a 12-24 Vac/
dc current through the system's electronic
control unit.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41817/001
ER180B - Battery-powered photocells, 12-24Vac/dc, for wall-mounting, max. range 20 m
101,99
DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR REFLEX, ER12-24V, ER2N PHOTOCELLS
ER12-24V 41812/008
REFLEX 41810/002
ER2N 41811/001
€
41811/050
35,93
Galvanised post for ER2N
photocells (height 51 cm)
41812/052
32,45
Galvanised post for ER1224V photocells (height
44 cm)
41812/050
H= 51 cm
H= 44 cm
34,76
Aluminium post for ER1224V photocells (height
44 cm)
41830/053
•
•
•
•
•
2,87
•
Plastic container for
recessed wall-mounting
(pack of 6 pcs)
41830/050
15,00
•
PC12 Metal container
to be welded
41830/054
10,03
•
Metal container to be
welded (pack of 8 pcs)
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41812/051
Foundation plate for 41811/050 or 41812/052 or 41812/050 posts
(pack of 4 pcs)
41830/052
Bracket for metal pillar connection complete with screws to be matched
to 41830/050 or 41830/054 metal container (pack of 4 pcs)
5,20
41812/054
ER12-24V 41812/008 fixing plates for corner- or wall- installation
(pack of 10 pcs)
8,67
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
11,32
120
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES FOR OPERATORS
ELECTRIC LOCK AND ACCESSORIES FOR EXTERNAL SWING GATE OPERATORS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41080/008
ES3 - 12 Vac Electric lock complete with ground striker plate
(requires CL1 or CL2)
41080/005
CL1 - Single-wing cylinder (keys included)
23,98
41080/004
CL2 - Double-wing cylinder (keys included)
42,51
41080/001
CB3 - Striker plate for ES3
109,07
8,93
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
€
ITEM NUMBER
41080/003
DESCRIPTION
Welding plate for vertical fitting of ES3
18,21
41080/002
Welding plate for horizontal fitting of ES3
16,98
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
aprimatic.it
121
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES FOR OPERATORS
ACCESSORIES FOR EXTERNAL OPERATORS:
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41007/051
Front and rear bolt-on fixing plates
€
16,29
ACCESSORIES FOR UNDERGROUND OPERATORS:
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41056/056
TRA - Copper pipe with 8 mm ext. Ø (to be ordered in the desired length)
41700/016
AprimOil (1 litre bottle) for hydraulic operators
16,96
41700/014
AprimOil SPIRAX (1 litre bottle) for wet gear motors
22,49
6,36
SIGNAL PANEL
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
APMA5845000
Aprimatic signal panel
€
3,56
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
122
123
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
124 DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
ROLLING SHUTTERS
TYPES
ROLLING SHUTTER MOTORS
BLIND MOTORS
ROLLING GATE MOTORS
Automation system used
for standard rolling shutters
or rolling shutters with container.
Automation system used
for technicalfabric
curtains, which can be installed
in small premises as a sun-block,
or as a projector screen. The same can
be fitted on folding-arm sun blinds.
Automation system used for closing
premises used for residential and
commercial use.
Revolux 35 series
Revolux 35 Wireless series
Revolux 45 series
Revolux 45 Wireless series
Revolux 59 series
Revolux 35 series
Revolux 35 Wireless series
Revolux 45 series
Revolux 45 Wireless series
Revolux 59 series
Revolux 92 series
RO-MATIC RS140 series
RO-MATIC RS180 series
aprimatic.it
DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS 125
SHUTTERS AND SUN BLINDS: TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPOSITION
1) Operator with and without on-board
receiver: device that allows powering
a rolling shutter or sun blind with
an external power supply.
Tubular operator
on rolling shutter
2) Accessories for installing/fixing
the motor.
3) Transmitter: wireless equipment that
transmits information to the control unit.
Tubular operator
on sun blinds
ROLLING GATES: TYPICAL SYSTEM COMPOSITION
1) Operator: device for shutter operation
with an external power supply.
2) Control unit: electronic unit for handling
the operator movement.
3) Transmitter: wireless equipment that
transmits information to the control unit.
4) Antenna: device that increases
the reception of the signals sent
by the transmitter.
5) Flashing light: light signalling
that the automation is moving.
6) Pair of photocells: safety devices stopping
automation movement in the presence
of obstacles.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
7) Control unit: allows
to activate the movement
of the automation through
a mechanical or electronic key.
126 DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
THE RANGE
Aprimatic’s range of tubular motors
for rolling shutters and sun blinds
is extremely reliable, fast, and silent
and offers performance to satisfy even
the most demanding users.
Available with wired or wireless controls.
SMS model: without emergency operation
(ideal for rolling shutters)
CMS model: with emergency operation
(ideal for sun blinds). Device allowing,
with the necessary accessories, to perform
manual operation with the relevant rod.
REVOLUX TUBULAR MOTORS
Models with mechanical limit stops:
easy adjustment facilitated by the
presence of 2 mechanical settings
on the motor head.
Models with electronic limit stops:
limit stop adjustment via electric pulse
ROLLER KIT REVOLUX
Tubular motors for rolling shutters and sun blinds.
years
warranty
SERIES 35 TUBULAR MOTORS
WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION
SERIES 45S SHORT TUBULAR MOTORS
WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION
SERIES 45 TUBULAR MOTORS
WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION
SERIES 45 TUBULAR MOTORS
WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION
SERIES 59 TUBULAR MOTORS
WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION
SERIES 59 TUBULAR MOTORS
WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION
SERIES 92 TUBULAR MOTORS
WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION
SERIES 92 TUBULAR MOTORS
WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION
RO-MATIC RS140 / RS180
New series 92 motors: the best solution for the automation of rolling gates or
mesh gates (weighing up to max. 350 kg).
aprimatic.it
Operator for rolling gates,
for residential use.
DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS 127
NEW WIRELESS SYSTEMS
The entire range of Aprimatic Revolux,
known for its performance and reliability,
is now available in a wireless version,
with built-in receiver.
NEW
Available new MP version tubular motors,
with built-in receiver for the management
of the movement of adjustable shutters.
REVOLUX
WIRELESS
SERIE
45
REVOLUX
WIRELESS
SERIE MP*
45
RADIO CONTROLS FOR
REVOLUX WIRELESS
TUBULAR MOTORS
Revolux wireless series radio control
to manage up to 5 tubular motors
REVOLUX
WIRELESS
SERIE
35
*MP Multiposition - motor with 3 limit switch for the management of the movement of adjustable shutters, with integrated receiver.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
128
CHOOSING THE RIGHT
PRODUCT ROLLING SHUTTER
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
WEIGHT =
The nominal motor torque in Nm
(Newton metre) is indicated on the
motor label. The lifting force is obtained
by adding the radius of the winding roller
(R1 in the drawing) and half the thickness
of the shutter (R2 in the drawing) or half
the length of the rope supporting the
applied weight.
Nominal motor torque (Nm)
Lifting lever (m)
EXAMPLE IN METRES
Motor rated torque 45 Nm
Pipe diameter 60 mm - R1 = 30 mm (0.030 m)
Shutter thickness 10 mm - R2 = 5 mm (0.005 m)
WEIGHT =
45 Nm
45 Nm
= 1285 N
=
0,035 m
0,030 m + 0,005
9,81 N = 1 kg
This motor can lift a free weight of 131 kg.
However, application on window frames
and rolling shutters requires safety
coefficients of up to 50%. Therefore
the maximum weight that can be lifted
by the motor must be divided in half,
and thus is 65 kg.
1285 Nm
= 131 kg
9,81
WARNING
The weights shown in the tables
are calculated with a 50% margin (considering
friction, winding diameter increase, etc.).
Oversizing or downsizing the motor is not
recommended.
Kg for m2
3,5
ALUMINIUM WITH HD POLYURETHANE FOAM
4,8
PVC
6,0
WOOD
8,5
EXTRUDED ALUMINIUM
9,0
STEEL WITH POLYURETHANE FOAM
9,5
STEEL WITH HD POLYURETHANE FOAM
10,5
STEEL
11,0
ROLLER WEIGHT (Kg)
WINDING ROLLER Ø (mm)
Ø 40 mm
Ø 60 mm
The tables to the side allow the selection
of a motor in relation to the diameter
of the winding roller and the weight
of the rolling shutter. The weight of the rolling
shutter in kg can be obtained by multiplying
the area by the weight per m2 of the material
it is made of.
WINDING MATERIAL
ALUMINIUM WITH POLYURETHANE FOAM
WEIGHT =
Ø 70 mm
Ø 97 / Ø 108 mm
5 Kg
10 Kg
15 Kg
20 Kg
25 Kg
30 Kg
35 Kg
40 Kg
45 Kg
50 Kg
55 Kg
60 Kg
80 Kg
85 Kg
90 Kg
95 Kg
100 Kg
105 Kg
110 Kg
130 Kg
135 Kg
140 Kg
150 Kg
300 Kg
350 Kg
KEY
10 Nm
20 Nm
30 Nm
50 Nm
NOTE: Winding and friction coefficients included.
80 Nm
100 Nm
120 Nm
230 Nm
129
ROLLING SHUTTER AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
Drive adapters
Winding roller
Cap
Brackets
Control
The representation made
as example is to be considered
only as a demonstration
of the components/accessories
needed to automate a rolling shutter.
MINIMUM CONFIGURATION - TUBULAR MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION
Ref.
Component
Notes
Page
1
Tubular motor
Revolux 35 series Motors (models from 6Nm to 10Nm)
Revolux 45 series Motors (20Nm - 30Nm - 50Nm models)
Revolux 59 series Motors (80Nm - 100Nm - 120Nm models)
Revolux 92 series Motors (230Nm model)
133
134
137
138
2
Motor fixing accessories
Revolux 35 series
Revolux 45 series
Revolux 59 series
Revolux 92 series
133
136-137
138
146
3
Pipe adapters
Revolux 35 series
Revolux 45 series
Revolux 59 series
Revolux 92 series
133
136
145
138
Notes
Page
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Ref.
Component
4
Octagonal pipe
139
5
Cap with round adjustable pivot
139
Rings for safety lock
Safety spring
Tubular motor on rolling shutter
installed inside a container
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
130
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR BLINDS
CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR BLINDS
50 mm DIAMETER AND ROUND OGIVE ROLLER
NUMBER OF ARMS
ARM PROTRUSION (m)
1,5 m
2m
2,5 m
3m
3,5 m
4m
5m
~
~
~
2
4
~
6
8
~
~
~
~
~
2,5 m
3m
3,5 m
4m
5m
2,5 m
3m
3,5 m
4m
5m
NOTE: Winding and friction coefficents included.
70 mm DIAMETER AND ROUND OGIVE ROLLER
NUMBER OF ARMS
ARM PROTRUSION (m)
1,5 m
2m
2
4
6
8
NOTE: Winding and friction coefficents included.
78 mm DIAMETER AND ROUND OGIVE ROLLER
NUMBER OF ARMS
ARM PROTRUSION (m)
1,5 m
2m
2
4
6
8
~
NOTE: Winding and friction coefficents included.
KEY
10 Nm
20 Nm
30 Nm
50 Nm
80 Nm
100 Nm
120 Nm
230 Nm
131
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR BLINDS
Tubular operator on sun blinds
MINIMUM CONFIGURATION - TUBULAR MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION
Ref.
Component
Notes
Page
1
Tubular motor
Revolux Series 35 Motors (models from 6Nm to 10Nm)
Revolux Series 45 Motors (20Nm - 30Nm - 50nm models)
Revolux 59 Series Motors (80Nm - 100Nm - 120Nm models)
133
133-134-135
137
2
Motor fixing accessories
Revolux 35 series
Revolux 45 series
Revolux 59 series
133
136-137
138
3
Pipe adapters
Revolux 35 series
Revolux 45 series
Revolux 59 series
133
136
137
4
Accessories for emergency operation
Revolux 45M series
Revolux 59M series
136
138
Notes
Page
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Ref.
Component
5
Rod for manual emergency operation
139
i
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
132
REVOLUX TUBOLAR MOTORS
years
warranty
IP44
Tubular motors for rolling
shutters and sun blinds.
The motors can be combined with ADI
control units, thus allowing the creation
of fully-automated systems even
with radio controls.
TECHNICAL DATA
SERIES
MODEL
(S without emergency operation)
(M with emergency operation)
TORQUEPOWER
(Nm)
(W)
SPEED
(rpm)
DIAMETER
(Ø)
The wide availability of adapters
and installation accessories allows
to meet any application requirement.
35
35S 10Nm/17
10
121
17
35
35S 6Nm/28F
6
121
28
35
45
45S 20Nm - 45M 20Nm
20
145
15
45
3 automation kits are available
for 30 kg, 60 kg and 90 kg shutters
respectively, complete with accessories
for installation.
45S 30Nm - 45M 30Nm
30
191
15
45
45S 50Nm - 45M 50Nm
50
191
12
45
59
59S 80Nm - 59M 80Nm
80
298
15
60
59S 100Nm - 59M 100Nm
100
305
12
60
The motors of the series 45, 59 and 92
are also available in CSM versions, i.e.,
equipped with emergency operation
for manual opening in case of power
supply failure.
59S 120Nm - 59M 120Nm
120
305
9
60
92
92S 230Nm - 92M 230Nm
230
602
12
92
For all 45 and 59 series models, the operating time is 4 minutes.
Engine equipped with a 1.9 m cable
for electrical connection.
A simple device allows easy and accurate
limit stop adjustment.
ROLLER KIT REVOLUX
MOTORS WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND MECHANICAL LIMIT STOPS
€
ITEM NUMBER
KIT DESCRIPTION
Max. weight
43302/802
ROLLER KIT 30 kg (45S-20Nm)
Ø 60
35 kg
178,79
43302/803
ROLLER KIT 60 kg (45S-30Nm)
Ø 60
56 kg
191,03
43302/804
ROLLER KIT 90 kg (45S-50Nm)
Ø 60
90 kg
210,24
The kits include
Revolux 45S tubular motor (20Nm-30Nm or 50Nm version)
43380/156
Octagonal adapter - Ø60
43380/057
Bracket with square shaft 10 for direct insertion in existing walls
43380/083
Support with square shaft 10
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
5,30
13,10
6,39
133
SERIES 35 TUBULAR MOTORS WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION*
MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43300/001
REVOLUX 35S 10Nm
Ø 40 20 kg
142,11
43300/002
REVOLUX 35S 6Nm
Ø 40 20 kg
142,11
** see Table on page 128
Mod. A mm
10
11,6
593,5
18,5
14
530
19,4
ø 35
3,9
A
WIRELESS MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND ELECTRONIC LIMIT STOPS
ITEM NUMBER
43800/001
DESCRIPTION
REVOLUX WIRELESS 35SMS 10Nm
35mm diameter without manual emergency operation and with electronic limit stops.
Built-in receiver.
DESCRIPTION OF SERIES 35 ACCESSORIES
ADAPTERS
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
Octagonal for 40 mm roller
43380/087
43380/115
ACCESSORIES
Round for 40 mm roller
€
193,05
€
4,06
2,89
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43380/077
Square shaft
2,89
43380/082
Support kit with square shaft
6,39
43380/091
Standard side support
4,06
OTE: All described motors, except for the REVOLUX WIRELESS models, can be combined with ADI control units - See the “Home Automation” section
N
of this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
(*) To complete the tubular motor installation, add an adapter to be chosen based on rolling shutter or blind winding roller, and a support to be chosen based
on installation type. See the relevant pages on adapters and accessories for item selection.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
29,1
10
134
TUBULAR MOTORS
SERIES 45 TUBULAR MOTORS WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION*
MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43302/011
REVOLUX 45S 10Nm
Ø 60 20 kg
€
189,00
45S Short tubular motor is suitable for applications on small screens or shutters.
** see Table on page 128
SERIES 45 TUBULAR MOTORS WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION*
A
A mm
20
466
30
536
50
536
17
ø 45
ø 10
55
Mod.
MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43302/001
REVOLUX 45S 20Nm
Ø 60 35 kg
152,58
43302/002
REVOLUX 45S 30Nm
Ø 60 55 kg
167,14
43302/003
REVOLUX 45S 50Nm
Ø 60 88 kg
189,87
** see Table on page 128
Mod. A mm
20
756,4
30
786,4
50
786,4
26,5 17,5
12,5
A
19,4
10
710
17
ø 45
45
WIRELESS MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND ELECTRIC LIMIT STOP
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43801/001
REVOLUX WIRELESS 45SMS 20Nm
45mm diameter without manual emergency operation and with electronic limit stops.
Built-in receiver.
209,98
43801/002
REVOLUX WIRELESS 45SMS 30Nm
45mm diameter without manual emergency operation and with electronic limit stops.
Built-in receiver.
230,06
43801/003
REVOLUX WIRELESS 45SMS 50Nm
45mm diameter without manual emergency operation and with electronic limit stops.
Built-in receiver.
244,61
WIRELESS MULTIPOSITION MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION - 3 ELECTRIC LIMIT STOP
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43802/002
45mm diameter without manual emergency operation - 3 electronic limit stops to management of
the movement of adjustable shutters, with integrated receiver.
229,00
43802/003
45mm diameter without manual emergency operation - 3 electronic limit stops to management of
the movement of adjustable shutters, with integrated receiver.
239,00
OTE: All described motors, except for the REVOLUX WIRELESS models, can be combined with ADI control units - See the “Home Automation” section
N
of this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
(*) To complete the tubular motor installation, add an adapter to be chosen based on rolling shutter or blind winding roller, and a support to be chosen based
on installation type. See the relevant pages on adapters and accessories for item selection.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
135
SERIES 45 TUBULAR MOTORS WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION*
MOTOR WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION AND MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43310/005
REVOLUX 45M 20Nm
Ø 60 35 kg
198,01
43310/006
REVOLUX 45M 30Nm
Ø 60 55 kg
225,98
43310/007
REVOLUX 45M 50Nm
Ø 60 88 kg
256,85
** see Table on page 128
A
28
Mod. A mm
685
30
740
50
740
ø 45
100
20
ø 10
WIRELESS MOTOR WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION AND MECHANICAL LIMIT STOPS
ITEM NUMBER
43810/001
43810/002
43810/003
DESCRIPTION
REVOLUX WIRELESS 45CMS 20Nm
45mm diameter with manual emergency operation and mechanical limit stops.
Built-in receiver.
REVOLUX WIRELESS 45CMS 30Nm
45mm diameter with manual emergency operation and mechanical limit stops.
Built-in receiver.
REVOLUX WIRELESS 45CMS 50Nm
45mm diameter with manual emergency operation and mechanical limit stops.
Built-in receiver.
€
266,78
302,46
326,67
RADIO CONTROLS FOR REVOLUX
WIRELESS TUBULAR MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
43901/001
DESCRIPTION
1-channel radio control for Revolux wireless tubular motors
Radio control for one tubular motor
43901/005
5-channel radio control for Revolux wireless tubular motors
Radio control for up to 5 tubular motors
€
44,23
58,20
OTE: All described motors, except for the REVOLUX WIRELESS models, can be combined with ADI control units - See the “Home Automation” section
N
of this catalogue (refer to the initial index).
(*) To complete the tubular motor installation, add an adapter to be chosen based on rolling shutter or blind winding roller, and a support to be chosen based
on installation type. See the relevant pages on adapters and accessories for item selection.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
136
TUBULAR MOTORS
DESCRIPTION OF ADAPTERS FOR SERIES 45 (SMS-CMS) MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/156
Octagonal for 60 mm roller
5,30
43380/161
Octagonal for 70 mm roller (for 45S-50, 45M-50 motors)
6,64
43380/064
Ogive for 70 mm roller
14,54
43380/059
Ogive for 78 mm roller
12,54
43380/063
Round for 50 mm roller
7,67
43380/058
Bonfanti-Gaviota
9,59
43380/060
ZF54 adapter
7,67
DESCRIPTION OF ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 45 SMS MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/078
Revolux 45S Square shaft
2,89
43380/083
Revolux 45S Support kit with square shaft
6,39
43380/124
Direct fixing bracket
9,89
43380/092
Revolux 45S standard side support
4,06
43380/107
Revolux 45S threaded-hole support kit with square shaft
4,06
43380/108
Revolux 45S adjustable support kit with square shaft
DESCRIPTION OF ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 45 CMS MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
16,38
€
43380/079
Revolux 45M square shaft
6,39
43380/084
Revolux 45M Support kit with square shaft
6,39
43380/116
Hexagonal 7 mm eyelet kit
6,39
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
137
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 45 MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/057
Adjustable support - 45S and 45M
13,10
43380/068
Support with release - 45S and 45M
13,10
43380/109
Square shaft plain support - 45S and 45M
3,24
43380/110
Adjustable support - 45S and 45M
7,64
43380/111
Wall support - 45S and 45M
8,20
43380/119
One-position container bracket - 45S and 45M
6,40
43380/101
Two-position container bracket - 45S and 45M
6,39
SERIES 59 TUBULAR MOTORS WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION*
MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND WITH MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43320/001
59S-80
Ø 70 105 kg
252,18
43320/002
59S-100
Ø 70 139 kg
264,42
43320/003
59S-120
Ø 70 150 kg
291,79
** see Table on page 128
SERIES 59 TUBULAR MOTORS WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION*
MOTOR WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION AND WITH MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43330/001
59M-80
Ø 70 105 kg
311,02
43330/002
59M-100
Ø 70 139 kg
343,63
43330/003
59M-120
Ø 70 150 kg
374,50
** see Table on page 128
DESCRIPTION OF ADAPTERS FOR SERIES 59 (SMS-CMS) MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/088
Octagonal for 70 mm roller
43380/104
Ogive for 78 mm roller
12,66
43380/105
Ogive for 85 mm roller
14,07
6,48
(*) To complete the tubular motor installation, add an adapter to be chosen based on rolling shutter or blind winding roller, and a support to be chosen based
on installation type. See the relevant pages on adapters and accessories for item selection.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
138
TUBULAR MOTORS
DESCRIPTION OF ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 59 SMS MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43380/085
€
Revolux 59S standard support
11,06
DESCRIPTION OF ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 59 CMS MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/081
Revolux 59M Square shaft
6,39
43380/086
Revolux 59M Support kit with square shaft
7,57
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 59 MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/099
Adjustable support - Revolux 59S and 59M
8,11
43380/100
Wall support - Revolux 59S and 59M
8,11
SERIES 92 TUBULAR MOTORS WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION*
MOTOR WITHOUT EMERGENCY OPERATION AND WITH MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43340/001
92S-230
Ø 92 350 kg
€
530,59
** see Table on page 128
SERIES 92 TUBULAR MOTORS WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION*
MOTOR WITH EMERGENCY OPERATION AND WITH MECHANICAL LIMIT STOP
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. weight**
43345/001
92M-230
Ø 92 350 kg
€
612,13
** see Table on page 128
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 92 MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/118
Round for Ø 108 mm roller
28,36
43380/125
Round for Ø 97 mm roller
30,28
43380/131
Hook for series 92M
8,00
(*) To complete the tubular motor installation, add an adapter to be chosen based on rolling shutter or blind winding roller, and a support to be chosen based
on installation type. See the relevant pages on adapters and accessories for item selection.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
139
COMMON ACCESSORIES
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR ALL TUBULAR MOTORS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
43380/094
Octagonal pipe Ø 60 (in 3 m bars)
27,30
43380/095
Octagonal pipe Ø 70 (in 3 m bars)
49,15
43380/066
Masonry camp
43380/072
90° 4-hole articulation with 7 mm hexagonal rod eyelet L= 250 mm*
37,51
43380/071
45° 2-hole articulation with 7 mm hexagonal rod eyelet L= 400 mm*
43,37
43380/093
45° articulation with joint**
30,58
43380/106
Linear joint **
5,22
43380/089
Articulated joint **
6,39
43380/090
Hook for steel rod L=81 mm **
8,71
43380/112
Hook for steel rod L=108 mm **
7,99
43380/096
Rod for emergency manual operation L=150 mm*
27,27
43380/070
Rod with hook and articulated handle L=150 mm*
46,96
43380/097
End piece with adjustable round pin for Ø 60 mm octagonal pipe
10,03
43380/098
End piece with adjustable round pin for Ø 70 mm octagonal pipe
10,61
43380/113
End piece for Ø 60 mm octagonal pipe
4,51
43380/114
End piece for Ø 70 mm octagonal pipe
15,99
43380/073
Safety spring spring for Ø 60 octagonal pipe
31,44
43380/076
Safety spring spring for Ø 70 octagonal pipe
31,90
* Accessories specific for series 45M and 59M with emergency operation.
** Accessories specific for series 59M only.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
4,06
140 DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
RO-MATIC RS140 / RS180
RO-MATIC RS140 / RS180
Operator for rolling gates
for residential use.
M230S
RO-MATIC RS RS140 / RS180 (reversible)
for rolling gates with 48/60 mm pole
and 200/220 mm spring holder is a
cost-effective solution for quick and easy
installation of rolling gates up to 140 kg
(RO-MATIC RS 140 model) and 180 kg
(RO-MATIC RS 180 model). An electrical
TECHNICAL DATA
RO-MATIC 140
RO-MATIC 180
OWER SUPPLY
P
ABSORBED CURRENT
ABSORBED POWER
NOMINAL TORQUE
230 V
2,5 A
520 W
140 Nm
130 Nm (vers. EB)
140 kg
10 n
18 µF
-20° C
6m
IP30
230 V
3,1 A
650 W
180 Nm
170 Nm (vers. EB)
180 kg
10 n
22 µF
-20° +85° C
6m
IP30
MAX. LlFTING FORCE
REV/I°
CAPACITOR
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
ROLLING GATE MAX. HEIGHT
PROTECTION DEGREE
brake is available as accessory.
Mechanical limit stop adjustment.
M230S is an electronic control unit
with built-in receiver, compatible with all
Aprimatic 433.92 MHz remote controls,
easy to install and put in service.
aprimatic.it
It can be connected to control
and safety devices (max. accessory
absorption: 300 mA) and is also equipped
with 4 control modes and configuration
of pause/operation times.
Outdoor strongboxes for recessed
or wall installation available.
DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS 141
TYPICAL SYSTEM
KEY
Operator
Flashing light
Electronic control unit
Pair of photocells
Transmitter
Control device: key-operated switch / presence reader /
keyboard combination lock / card reader / magnetic keys
€
ITEM NUMBER
RO-MATIC RS 140 DESCRIPTION
43364/001
RO-MATIC RS140 140 kg gear motor without electrical brake
273,06
43364/002
RO-MATIC RS140 EB 140 kg gear motor with electrical brake
305,43
ITEM NUMBER
RO-MATIC RS 180 DESCRIPTION
43364/003
RO-MATIC RS180 180 kg gear motor without electrical brake
287,89
43364/004
RO-MATIC RS180 EB 180 kg gear motor with electrical brake
325,29
ITEM NUMBER
ACCESSORIES
43364/050
Electrical brake (with 5m steel cable)
55,17
41704/002
CS - Recessed strongbox (with up/down button and electrical brake
release)
74,19
€
€
41704/004
CSP - ROLLI Wall-mounted outdoor strongbox with up/down button
61,43
41704/005
ROLLI wall-mounted selector (with open/close button)
58,52
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON ACCESSORIES
43665/015
M230S - Electronic control unit for rolling gates
41704/002
41704/004
41704/005
€
116,48
41812/008
ER 12-24V - Pair of photocells (optional)
71,16
41841/009
ET20N - 230 V flashing light (needed if the opening is on road side)
32,45
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92MHz four channel transmiter
38,41
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
142
aprimatic.it
143
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
144
BUONGIORNO
220
Electromechanical operator
for side-hinged shutters.
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER
MAX. NOMINAL TORQUE
ELECTRIC LOCK
CLUTCH
OPERATING TIME
230 Vca
24 Vcc
4,2 W
40 Nm
Internal
Mechanical
18 sec. for 180°
INSTALLATION DATA
1 WING
2 WING
IN. WINDOW WIDTH
M
MAX. WINDOW WIDTH
MAX. WING AREA
MAX. WING WEIGHT
43 cm
80 cm
1,8 m2
80 kg
86 cm
155 cm
1,75 m2 x 2
50 kg x 2
NOTE: Frictions are included in the weights.
aprimatic.it
145
Maximum reliability and great flexibility.
Absolute comfort.
Security and durability.
Buongiorno is an automation system for
side-hinged shutters. It can be used with
any type of window including those fitted
with security grates and mosquito screens.
It consists of an aluminium beam which
acts as a support for the gear motor (two
in two-wing applications) and a PVC guard.
The beam and guard can be cut to size to
enable application with shutters of varying
sizes. Buongiorno is easy to install without
modifying the existing shutters or carry out
masonry work.
Buongiorno enables you to open and close
the shutters in your home without opening
the windows simply by pressing a button.
Buongiorno is fitted with an electronic
clutch that behaves intelligently depending
on the absorbed current. The shutter stops
if it meets an obstacle during movement
thus protecting the user and the gear
motor. Thanks to this device, the installer
does not have to make any limit stop
adjustments. In the event of mains power
supply failure, the user can open or close
the shutter immediately without unlocking
it. An electric lock can also be fitted on
demand for increased security.
Buongiorno is ideal for opening and
closing your shutters in winter, in cold
weather, in summer, even if your windows
have mosquito screens or are difficult to
reach.
IDEAL SINGLE-WING INSTALLATION
ITEM NUMBER
43400/802
DESCRIPTION
BUONGIORNO SINGLE-WING KIT
Q.ty
€
551,29
The package includes:
BUONGIORNO single-wing automation with centralised control device
1
Two “T” compass levers (RH and LH)
1
Cover L = 800 mm
1
IDEAL DOUBLE-WING INSTALLATION
ITEM NUMBER
43400/801
DESCRIPTION
BUONGIORNO DOUBLE-WING KIT
Q.ty
€
861,32
The package includes:
BUONGIORNO double-wing automation system
1
Two “T” compass levers (RH and LH)
1
Cover L = 1500 mm
1
€
ITEM NUMBER
ACCESSORIES
Notes
43400/055
Curved lever with ambidextrous guide
Standard two-handed lever
62,48
43400/052
Compass “R” RH lever
Compact RH lever
45,44
43400/053
Compass “R” LH lever
Compact LH lever
45,44
43400/056
Compass “T” RH lever
Compact RH lever with heavy-duty bracket
51,12
43400/057
Compass “T” LH lever
Compact LH lever with heavy-duty bracket
51,12
43400/054
Bracket KIT for BUONGIORNO reverse application
Accessories for installation
34,76
43400/059
BUONGIORNO Electric lock unit
Electric security lock driven by control unit
92,25
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
146
147
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
148
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
CHOOSING THE RIGHT PRODUCT
WI-MATIC
O2M
VARIA
VARIA T
ST 450 N
APRILINEARE
DUO SYSTEM
APRILINEARE
TRY SYSTEM
APRILINEARE
SPEEDY
•
•
•
•
•
•
Outward-opening
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bottom-hinged
Bottom-hinged L›
1.6 m
•
Pivot-hinged
•
•
•
Small domes
•
•
Small aligned
domes L‹ 1 m
•
Large domes
max 120 kg
•
•
•
•
•
Shed
Aligned shed and
outward-opening
Outward-opening
and large shed L›1.6 m
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vertical sun blinds
•
•
•
•
Jalousie windows
aprimatic.it
149
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
24 V - 230 V control unit
Switch
Weather unit
Smoke/heat detector
Rain sensor
Anemometer
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
150
WI-MATIC ATC300E
IP42
230V
Electromechanical operator
for windows with double layer
chain, ideal for outward-opening
windows.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
POWER SUPPLY
ABSORBED CURRENT
RATED POWER
PUSH/PULL FORCE
SPEED
ADJUSTABLE STROKES FROM
TEMPERATURE
SIZE OPERATOR
SIZE WINDOWS
IP CLASS
PARALLEL CONNECTION
OPERATOR WEIGHT
100-240 Vca 50/60 Hz
0,15 A
28 W
250 N / 250 N
10 mm/s
100-400 mm
-20°+60°
(LxHxP) 460 x 42 x 56 mm
1600 mm MAX
IP42
Yes, with 1 motor for each frame
1.8KG
151
Wide voltage 100-240Vca power input,
suitable for all country’s different requests.
Rocker brackets for long runs even on
small frames.They also allow the operator
suitable to a wide range of applications.
The race is easily adjusted through a simple
rotation from the outside of the operator so
you don’t need to open anything.
Adjustable running, from 100 up to 400mm
Double layers stainless metal chain
alloy steel that ensure maximum strength.
Very smooth running
Applications bottom hinged or roof-domes
bracket available separately.
lim dimensions and compact shape
S
make this product easy to integrate with the
window frame regardless of its thickness
or design.
luminum casing with oxidation treatment
A
satin to give maximum strength and
aesthetics.Operator quiet thanks to the
extremely robust structure that prevents
vibration.
Special surface treatment to give an
excellent resistance to oxidation. Excellent
finishes too.
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
STROKE mm
POWER SUPPLY
43509/015
WI-MATIC ATC300E
with bracket for outward-opening applications included
400 mm
230 Vca
€
166,95
ACCESSORIES
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43509/050
Bottom hinged bracket
-
-
8,40
43509/051
Bracket for Roof-domes window
application
-
-
9,00
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
152
O2M
IP44
54
221
Electromechanical operator
for windows with double chain,
ideal for outward-opening
windows, bottom-hinged
windows and domes.
TECHNICAL DATA
24 Vdc
POWER SUPPLY
ABSORBED POWER
24 Vdc
50 W
ABSORBED CURRENT
THRUST FORCE
2A
350 N (stroke 150 mm)
250 N (stroke250 mm)
100 N (stroke 380 mm)
350 N
150 mm, 250 mm, 380 mm,
special stroke(0÷380mm)
24 mm/s
-5° +55° C
max. 10 mm
YES (max 1 operator per window)
100° C
(LxHxP) 340x40x80 mm
non-intensive (continuous operation
MAX 4 min)
IP54
1,2 Kg
TRACTION FORCE
ADJUSTABLE STROKES
SHIFTING SPEED
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
FRONT ADJUSTMENT
PARALLEL CONNECTION
OVERLOAD PROTECTION
DIMENSIONS
LIMITS OF USE
PROTECTION DEGREE
OPERATOR WEIGHT
153
Is a flexible, powerful and reliable
product. These features make it unique
in the market of window operators.
Thanks to its thrust force and double
chain, it can push and pull very heavy
windows.
The special fixing device enables the
installer to easily adjust the position
of the operator on the frame.
A dedicated software allows to reset
the closing point automatically every
50 opening and closing operations.
Thus,the window's heat insulation
and soundproofing properties are
not compromised.
The highest protection degree in its
category, IP54, is a guarantee of good
operation even for applications that are
significantly exposed to atmospheric
agents.
Smaller dimensions and a compact
shape make this product easy to integrate
with the window frame regardless of its
thickness or design.
OPERATORS CHAIN ​​POWER 24V
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Max. stroke mm
Power supply
43492/001
O2M RAL9005 black (with accessories)
380
24 Vcc
€
168,65
43492/002
O2M RAL 7040 grey (with accessories)
380
24 Vcc
168,65
43492/003
O2M RAL9010 white (with accessories)
380
24 Vcc
175,61
NOTE: The O2M range includes fixing accessories for OUTWARD-OPENING and BOTTOM-HINGED windows.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43493/050
SLIM brackets for black O2M (package with 5 pairs)
20,85
43493/051
Black skylight O2M brackets
11,01
43493/052
Grey skylight O2M brackets
11,01
43493/053
White skylight O2M brackets
11,01
NOTE: for motor control unit selection, please refer to the "Home automation" chapter.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
154
VARIA
Installation of the
operator bracket
to the counter-frame
1
VARIA T
Installation of the
chain coupling
to the mobile wing
Installation of the
apricolor varia operator
to the counter-frame
2
3
APRICOLOR VARIA
222
Chain operator for
bottom-hinged and
outward-opening
windows.
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED CURRENT
THRUST FORCE
TRACTION FORCE
ADJUSTABLE STROKES
SHIFTING SPEED
FRONT ADJUSTMENT
PARALLEL CONNECTION
OVERLOAD PROTECTION
CAPACITOR
BUILT-IN RELAY
LIGHT INDICATOR
REMOVABLE TERMINAL BOARD
PROTECTION DEGREE
OPERATOR WEIGHT
NOTE: Use of the Varia actuator still requires (compulsorily)
the application of safety arms on the windows.
230 Vca - 24 Vcc
150 W - 40 W
0,8A in ca/1,8 in cc
150 N
300 N
from 90 to 400 mm
40 mm/s
max. 10 mm
YES
100° C (only 230 V versions)
4 µF
YES
YES
YES
IP20
1.7 Kg
155
Exclusive quick-fit system securing
the operator to the frame.
Apricolor VARIA is an electromechanical
chain operator with internal nylon
magazine.
It is suitable for bottom-hinged and
outward-opening applications, and
features an adjustable stroke from
90 to 400 mm.
230 V and 24 V operation.
It can be connected in parallel.
The chain is rust-proof thanks
to the Dacro-met coating.
Apricolor VARIA T is designed for twinmounting on single windows with width
over 1600 mm. Apricolor VARIA T stands
out for its overload protection, shared
between the two parallel-connected
operators. If one of the two trips, the other
stops its motion, thus protecting the frame
from torsional stresses.
€
ITEM NUMBER
CHAIN OPERATORS
POWER SUPPLY
NOTES
43503/021
APRICOLOR VARIA RAL9005 Black
230 Vca
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
130,96
43503/022
APRICOLOR VARIA RAL9010 White
230 Vca
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
137,92
43503/023
APRICOLOR VARIA RAL9006 Grey
230 Vca
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
125,74
ITEM NUMBER
CHAIN OPERATOR PARALLEL CONNECTION
ON THE SAME FRAME
POWER SUPPLY
NOTES
43503/024
APRICOLOR VARIA T RAL9005 Black
(for installation with another Varia T,
›1,600 mm-wide windows)
230 Vca
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
144,87
43503/025
APRICOLOR VARIA T RAL9010 White
(for installation with another Varia T,
›1,600 mm-wide windows)
230 Vca
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
152,41
43503/026
APRICOLOR VARIA T RAL9006 Grey
(for installation with another Varia T,
›1,600 mm-wide windows)
230 Vca
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
144,87
ITEM NUMBER
CHAIN OPERATORS
POWER SUPPLY
NOTES
43502/001 *
APRICOLOR VARIA RAL9005 Black
24 Vcc
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
129,23
43502/002 *
APRICOLOR VARIA RAL9010 White
24 Vcc
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
140,25
43502/003 *
APRICOLOR VARIA RAL9006 Grey
24 Vcc
Screw Kit
(conventional fitting) included
129,23
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
NOTES
43501/050
Extension Pin for chain connection - 38mm
For wood/PVC frames
Minimum pack 10 pcs
4,05
43503/055 *
SCREW KIT conventional fitting system for outward- opening windows
Minimum pack 10 pcs
6,36
43503/056 *
SCREW KIT conventional fitting system for bottom-hinged windows
Minimum pack 10 pcs
6,36
* Until stocks last
NOTE: for motor control unit selection, please refer to the "Home automation" chapter.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
€
€
156
ST 450N
Stroke 180
ST 450N
Stroke 300
ST 450N
223
Arm operator for domes,
vertical sun blinds, jalousie
windows, outward-opening
windows.
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
230 Vca - 50 Hz
ABSORBED POWER
150 W
ABSORBED CURRENT
0,70 A
MAX. THRUST AND TRACTION FORCE
450 N
MAX. STROKES
mm 180 - 300
AUTOMATIC LIMIT STOP
YES
PARALLEL CONNECTION
YES
OVERLOAD PROTECTION
YES, with 1 motor for each frame
CAPACITOR
1 per 5 µF
BUILT-IN RELAY
YES
PROTECTION DEGREE
IP55 (indoor use)
OPERATOR WEIGHT
2.0 Kg
157
Innovative magnetic limit stop detection
system without moving mechanical parts:
it further increases product reliability
in any working condition.
Product dimensions are designed to
be as compact as possible to ensure
an installation that blends with the rest
of the building.
Silent operation and speed are the two
strengths of the ST 450N operator.
Can be connected in parallel thanks
to the relay built into the card.
Electronic operator in aluminium casing
with straight-arm linear movement.
230 Vac power supply with overload
protection. Max. stroke 300 mm.
Available accessory: Kit for limit stop
adjustment. Features a reed switch
system without moving mechanical
parts.Brackets and supports are
supplied for the required application.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
STROKE mm
POWER SUPPLY
43545/011
ST 450 N
With fixing accessories for OUTWARD-OPENING applications 180
180
230 Vca
136,18
43545/012
ST 450 N
With fixing accessories for OUTWARD-OPENING applications 300
300
230 Vca
136,18
43545/013
ST 450 N
With fixing accessories for jalousie windows and vertical sun blinds
180
230 Vca
177,92
43545/050
ST 450 N stroke adjustment KIT
19,12
NOTE: For motor control unit selection, please refer to the "Home automation" chapter.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
ST450N model for jalousie windows and vertical sun blinds.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
158
Try drive
unit
APRILINEARE
DUO SYSTEM
APRILINEARE
TT drive
pipe
TRY drive unit
Aprilineare duo system
APRILINEARE - DUO SYSTEM
224
Rack operators (with two
or three thrust points)
for bottom-hinged and
outward-opening applications,
shed, skylights, domes, vertical
sun blinds and sliding windows.
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
ABSORBED POWER
ABSORBED POWER
THRUST AND TRACTION FORCE
SHIFTING SPEED
STANDARD AVAILABLE STROKES
LIMIT SWITCH
STANDARD LENGTH
DRIVE PIPES
STANDARD LENGTH
DRIVE PIPES
COLOURS
PARALLEL
CONNECTION
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
PROTECTION DEGREE
APRILINEARE DUO SYSTEM
230 Vca - 50 Hz
20 W
0,1A
650 N
30 mm/s
170, 230 mm
Electronic
230 Vca - 50 Hz
24 Vcc - 50 Hz
20 W
0,1A (230 V)
0,8A (24 V)
600 N (duo-try system)
8 mm/s
350, 550, 750 mm
Electronic
844, 1244, 1544,
1844, 1944 mm
900, 1300, 1600,
1900, 2000 mm
Silver
YES
-5° +40° C
IP55
Silver
YES, with 1 moto
for each frame
-5° +40° C
IP55
159
Aprilineare serie are windows operators
for vertical sunblinds, domes or
applications that required on the frame
one thrust point.
Duo System and Try System are ideal
for use with automation systems for large
domes, outward-opening windows and
large skylights. They are valid alternatives
in applications requiring two or three
thrust points.
Duo and Try system have perfect balance
and therefore evenly- distributed
movement are obtained, even with large
frames, by exploiting the power and
reliability of a motor unit combined with
one or two more thrust units.
Electric anodised aluminium operators
with rack-driven linear movement,
fitted with an electronic limit stop, IP55
protection degree, anodised aluminium
bracket and galvanised steel frame mount.
The operators can be connected in
parallel.
The rack is made of C43 galvanised
steel, and has a 10 x 10 square section.
The box is made of two pieces of sealed
impact-proof ABS. The operators are
fitted with an internal cable.
The motor Duo System Can be used in
conjunction with the TRY drive units made
of anodised aluminium and consisting of:
a C43 galvanised steel rack with 10 x 10
square section complete with anodised
aluminium bracket and galvanised
steel frame mount. The drive pipes for
connection to two or three thrust points
are made of anodised aluminium and are
supplied complete with fixing screws.
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION OF APRILINEARE FOR VERTICAL SUN BLINDS
STROKE mm
POWER SUPPLY
43571/001
APRI 17 230 Stainless steel Aprilineare (version with 650N thrust force)
170
230 Vca
202,27
43571/002
APRI 23 230 Stainless steel Aprilineare (version with 650N thrust force)
230
230 Vca
201,11
ITEM NUMBER 230V RACK OPERATORS
STROKE mm
POWER SUPPLY
43572/001
350
230 Vca
APRI DUO 35
€
€
204,59
43572/002
APRI DUO 55
550
230 Vca
210,38
43572/003
APRI DUO 75
750
230 Vca
221,39
ITEM NUMBER 24V RACK OPERATORS
STROKE mm
POWER SUPPLY
43573/001
350
24 Vcc
APRI DUO 35
€
172,12
43573/002
APRI DUO 55
550
24 Vcc
177,92
43573/003
APRI DUO 75
750
24 Vcc
190,10
€
ITEM NUMBER DRIVE UNITS
STROKE mm
NOTES
43574/050
TRY 35 drive unit
350
For use with ApriDuo + 2TT or 1TT
83,30
43574/051
TRY 55 drive unit
550
For use with ApriDuo + 2TT or 1TT
90,40
43574/052
TRY 75 drive unit
750
For use with ApriDuo + 2TT or 1TT
99,86
ITEM NUMBER DRIVE PIPES
NOTES
43531/050
Pipe length = rack centre distance -56 mm
TT 90 (centre distance 900 mm)
€
23,17
43531/051
TT 130 (centre distance 1300 mm)
Pipe length = rack centre distance -56 mm
26,65
43531/052
TT 160 (centre distance 1600 mm)
Pipe length = rack centre distance -56 mm
27,81
43531/053
TT 190 (centre distance 1900 mm)
Pipe length = rack centre distance -56 mm
30,13
43531/054
TT 200 (centre distance 2000 mm)
Pipe length = rack centre distance -56 mm
31,29
€
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
43580/064
Support bracket in silver anodised aluminium
for special outward-opening applications
43580/065
350 mm rear bracket for domes,
in silver anodised aluminium for fixing to the rear mount of the operator
43580/067
Second bracket for sliding windows in silver anodised alumonium.
43580/068
Adjustable “CK” support in galvanised sheet metal
7,57
NOTE: for motor control unit selection, please refer to the "Home automation" chapter.
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
29,11
6,55
23,28
160
520/600RF - 520/700RF
225
Systems for remote
automation of windows.
1
3
ELEMENTS OF THE SYSTEM:
1-Gear motor unit
2-Limit stop device
3-Rotary shaft
4-Shaft support bracket
5-Rack rail
6-Frame mount
with spring compensator
2
4
5
4
5
1
6
2
3
1 - Rack rail for bottom-hinged
or outward-opening applications:
- Spring compensator (pull or push)
- Sprocket for rotary shaft (Ø 27-33-42 mm)
2 - Standard bracket running on ball bearings for rotary
shaft support (Ø 27-33-42 mm)
3 - Counter-bracket (length 140-210 mm)
4 - Galvanised rotary shaft (Ø 27-33-42 mm)
5 - Joint with coupling pin for rotary shaft
(Ø 27-33-42 mm).
161
The new 520/600RF and 520/700RF
systems have been designed to solve the
problems represented by remotely opening
and closing bottom-hinged or outwardopening windows, whether installed
individually or in rows, also in long rows
of windows, skylights, in breeding farms
or greenhouses.
The windows are opened and closed by
a series of rack rails running on a toothed
sprocket, driven by a shaft, which in turn
is turned by a gear unit.
The transmission of the rotational
movement from the gear unit to the shaft,
and from each element to the next on the
shaft is guaranteed by joints with bolts and
coupling pin.
The rotary shaft support brackets run
on ball bearings and have adjustment
slots. They can also be fitted with counterbrackets. Available for shafts with
diameters of 27-33-42 mm.
The spring compensator on the end of the
rack may be of the pulling or pushing type
depending on which way the windows close,
and guarantees even pressure
on the window frames.
The rack rails feature brass toothed
sprockets, which must be fixed to the rotary
shaft using the relevant press-fit bolts.
The bracket, to screw onto the window,
is held on the rack with a practical
spring-loaded pin.
520/600RF Motor
APRICOP MOTOR
520 SERIES MOTORS
Electrical gear unit with single-phase
motor coupled to a self-locking worm
screw gear unit.
With limit stop.
The 520 series motors have a three-phase
motor coupled to a steel self-locking worm
screw gear unit with bronze machinedfrom-solid gears in a cast iron selflubricated casing.
The low-speed shaft has two
protuberances with holes and a slot
on both ends, so that it can be positioned
in the centre or at one end of the gear unit.
520/700RF Motor
The rotary limit stops are fast-acting
and adjustable, and are fitted on one
of the two hubs of the low-speed shaft,
with an aluminium protective cover.
MOTOR UNIT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SERIES
MOTOR
SHAFT
Ø mm
ADJUSTABLE REV MAX. THRUST
NO ON LIMIT STOP RACKS
TORQUE N Min
Max
N
(GIRI 1’)
FRONT
LENGTH
m
PROTECTION
DEGREE
IP
RF= WITH ROTARY
LIMIT STOP
Kw
(CV)
POLES
(Size)
VOLTAGE
APRICOP
0,52
4
(0,70)
Singlephase
33
5
1
(15)
12
1200
25
30
520/600RF
0,18
(0,25)
6
(63)
Threephase
33
115
(5,8)
1
11
4200
50
55
520/600RF
0,18
(0,25)
6
(63)
Threephase
42
115
(5,8)
1
11
3000
50
55
520/700RF
0,37
(0,5)
6
(71)
Threephase
33
250
(7)
1
11
11760
100
55
520/700RF
0,37
(0,5)
6
(71)
Threephase
42
250
(7)
1
11
9400
120
55
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
162
520/600RF - 520/700RF
RACK RAILS
A curved rack can be supplied, in order to reduce the inward
projection in the presence of obstacles or in case of window
frames with limited height from the ground.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF RACKS AND BRACKETS
COMPENSATOR
RACK ROD
BRACKET
Pull
on closing
Push
on closing
Sprocket Ø
mm
Section
mm
Length
mm
Load
kg
Load
kg*
Mod. 377
Mod. 387
27
30 x 14
800 / 1200
40
50
Mod. 379
Mod. 389
33
30 x 14
800 / 1200
50
50
Mod. 380
Mod. 390
42
30 x 18
1000 / 1200
70
60
* Maximum overall load at 18° C.
N.B.: The number of racks to fit on each window must be calculated by taking into consideration the necessary thrust
and the dimensions and stiffness of the frame itself.
N.B.:Racks with different lengths are available on demand.
THRUST NEEDED FOR WINDOW OPERATION
OUTWARD-OPENING
PIVOT-HINGED
BOTTOM-HINGED
From 1/3 to 1/2
window weight
About 1/4
window weight
From 1/3 to 1/2
window weight
163
€
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
43550/001
APRICOP single-phase motor (*) Ø 33 mm with limit stop
43550/051
(*) To be used with adapter for round Apricop pipe
43562/002
Three-phase Ø 33 mm 520/600RF motor (with limit stop)
43562/006
Three-phase Ø 42 mm 520/600RF motor (with limit stop)
984,90
43562/004
Three-phase Ø 33 mm 520/700RF motor (with limit stop)
1137,48
43562/008
Three-phase Ø 42 mm 520/700RF motor (with limit stop)
1137, 48
296,45
36,35
986,07
RF: with rotary limit stop
NOTE: For applications with over 20m of windows, the unit must be installed in the centre or off-centre, to limit the elastic deformation of the shaft.
ITEM NUMBER APPLICATION ON OUTWARD-OPENING OR
PIVOT-HINGED WINDOWS
(pull compensator racks)
€
ITEM NUMBER APPLICATION ON BOTTOM-HINGED
WINDOWS
(push compensator racks)
€
43563/001
Straight version Mod. 377 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 800 mm
29,11
43564/001
Straight version Mod. 387 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 800 mm
30,28
43563/002
Straight version Mod. 377 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 1,000 mm
30,28
43564/002
Straight version Mod. 387 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 1,000 mm
31,44
43563/003
Straight version Mod. 377 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 1,200 mm
31,44
43564/003
Straight version Mod. 387 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 1,200 mm
32,61
43563/021
Curved version Mod. 377 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 800 mm
30,28
43564/021
Curved version Mod. 387 Rack Ø 27 mm - L = 800 mm
31,44
43563/006
Straight version Mod. 379 Rack Ø 33 mm - L = 1,000 mm
26,78
43564/006
Straight version Mod. 389 Rack Ø 33 mm - L = 1,000 mm
26,78
43563/007
Straight version Mod. 379 Rack Ø 33 mm - L = 1,200 mm
29,11
43564/007
Straight version Mod. 389 Rack Ø 33 mm - L = 1,200 mm
27,95
43563/008
Straight version Mod. 379 Rack Ø 33 mm - L = 1,400 mm
29,11
43564/008
Versione dritta Mod. 389
Cremagliera Ø 33 mm - L = 1400 mm
29,11
43563/026
Curved version Mod. 379 Rack Ø 33 mm - L = 1,000 mm
27,95
43564/026
Curved version Mod. 389 Rack Ø 33 mm - L = 1,000 mm
27,95
43563/010
Straight version Mod. 380 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,000 mm
52,98
43564/010
Straight version Mod. 390 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,000 mm
52,98
43563/011
Straight version Mod. 380 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,200 mm
54,15
43564/011
Straight version Mod. 390 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,200 mm
54,15
43563/012
Straight version Mod. 380 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,400 mm
55,32
43564/012
Straight version Mod. 390 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,400 mm
55,32
43563/030
Curved version Mod. 380 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,000 mm
54,15
43564/030
Curved version Mod. 390 Rack Ø 42 mm - L = 1,000 mm
54,15
43562/052
Complementary coupling, pin and
rack spring package
5,46
43562/052
Complementary coupling, pin and
rack spring package
5,46
NOTE: A complementary coupling, pin and rack spring package must be ordered for each rack, Item No. 43562/052. (min.quantity 20pcs)
NOTE: Always indicate the radius required for curved racks (minimum radius 750 mm).
Oversized racks are available on request (max. length 2,200 mm). When ordering, indicate the item number corresponding to the first larger
standard-length rack and indicate the exact measurement in millimetres.
Delivery - 5 weeks from date of order. Contact customer service for AN estimate and availability.
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF ACCESSORIES
FOR RACK SYSTEM
€
43562/055
Standard bracket for Ø 27 mm
9,64
43562/054
Standard bracket for Ø 33 mm
9,64
43562/057
Standard bracket for Ø 42 mm
13,38
43562/058
Counter-bracket L = 140 mm
4,87
43562/059
Counter-bracket L = 210 mm
6,04
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF PIPE ACCESSORIES
€
43562/062
Steel joint for Ø 33 mm shaft
4,87
43562/061
Steel joint for Ø 42 mm shaft
6,04
43562/060
Key for Ø 33 mm shaft
3,82
43562/063
Key for Ø 42 mm shaft
3,83
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
164 DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
aprimatic.it
DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS 165
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
166
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING DOORS
WING NK / WING NK H150 / SLIM SNK
Smooth, accurate, silent movement.
Aprimatic offers a wide range of
automation solutions for sliding doors.
Products designed to provide top reliability
in a wide range of applications for offices,
shops and supermarkets.
All automation components feature
compact, attractively designed extruded
aluminium housings. The units are easy
to install and do not require specialised
skills or masonry work.
The automation units are equipped with
intelligent electronic control systems
which require very few adjustments.
This makes for quicker installation and
easier maintenance operations, while
guaranteeing total safety.
Drive system with a toothed HPPD rubber
drive belt. The belt is reinforced with a
glass fibre core and has a non-slip coating.
Modular carriages with large-diameter
reinforced-nylon wheels running on upper
and lower semicircular cross-section rails.
The carriage modules feature an antiderailment, anti-pitching, load-balancing
system. Reversible DC Gear motor with
electronic pulse width control.
2-channel optical encoder connected
to the motor for electronic position and
speed control. The control units ensure
the highest levels of safety and reliability.
Performance features include: stroke
length, wing weight, braking force and
braking distance self-learning. They also
guarantee the emergency battery charge.
Compact and aesthetically pleasing
aluminium profile covers, available
in natural, anodised silver and anodised
black versions.
Wing NK
Reversible single-motor automation
for sliding doors. Suitable for shops,
supermarkets and offices with high traffic
levels. Designed for medium-heavy loads.
Wing NK H150
New reversible single-motor automation
for sliding doors. Suitable for shops,
supermarkets and offices with high traffic
levels. Designed for medium-heavy loads.
Slim SNK
Reversible single-motor automation
for sliding doors. Suitable for shops,
supermarkets and offices with medium
traffic levels and medium-light loads.
Max. load for heavy-duty use (4 cycles/min.):
For 2 wings, 100 kg each for one wing 150 kg.
Max. load for continuous use (6 cycles/min.):
For 2 wings, 80 kg each for one wing 130 kg.
Max. load for heavy-duty use (4 cycles/min.):
For 2 wings, 150 kg each for one wing 150 kg.
Max. load for continuous use (6 cycles/min.):
For 2 wings, 130 kg each for one wing 150 kg.
Max. load for NON intensive use (‹3 cycles/min.):
For 2 wings 70 kg each, for one wing 100 kg.
Max. load for heavy-duty use (4 cycles/min.):
For 2 wings, 50 kg each for one wing 70 kg.
aprimatic.it
167
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING DOORS
WING NK 1
WING NK 2
WING NK H150 1
WING NK H150 2
SLIM SNK 1
SLIM SNK 2
GENERAL FEATURES
AUTOMATION POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
INSTALLED POWER (MAX.)
Single-phase 230 Vac (+/- 10%) – 50 Hz
24 Vdc with high performance toroidal transformer
24 Vdc/Vac
24 Vdc/Vac
24 Vdc/Vac
-20°+60° C
-20°+60° C
-10°+60° C
300 W
300 W
130 W
DIMENSIONS in mm
BULK (HxD) mm
MIN./MAX. BEAM LENGTH mm
MIN./MAX. PASSAGE SPAN mm
152x172
1,810-6,010
850-2,950
152x172
1,810-6,010
850-2,950
152x172
1,810-5,410
850-2,650
WING LOAD CAPACITY in kg
MAX. LOAD
100x1 100x2
150x1 150x2
100x1 70x2
11-75 (1 wing)
22-150 (2 wings)
11-75 (1 wing)
22-150 (2 wings)
6
11-75 (1 wing)
22-150 (2 wings)
11-75 (1 wing)
22-150 (2 wings)
6
40-60
80-120
11-50
22-100
6
SPEED in cm/s
MIN./MAX. OPENING SPEED
MIN./MAX. CLOSING SPEED
APPROACHING SPEED
DRIVE TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION
CARRIAGE TYPE
ROLLING TYPE
Toothed HPPD belt
Modular, 3-wheel carriages (2 for each wing)
On reinforced-nylon wheels
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
TECHNICAL DATA
168
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING DOORS
TECHNICAL DATA
WING NK 1
WING NK 2
WING NK H150 1
WING NK H150 2
SLIM SNK 1
SLIM SNK 2
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
STANDARD FUNCTIONS (selected from key-operated switch or keypad)
NIGHT LOCK
YES
YES
AUTOMATIC TWO-WAY
YES
YES
AUTOMATIC EXIT ONLY
YES
YES
AUTOMATIC ENTRY ONLY
YES
YES
COMPLETELY OPEN
YES
YES
AUTOMATIC PARTIAL OPENING
YES
YES
~
~
MANUAL OPENING
NIGHT SERVICE OPENING
~
~
RESET
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
~
~
YES
SELF-LEARNING FUNCTIONS (at power on or after a reset)
OPENING STROKE LENGTH
YES
CLOSING STROKE LENGTH
YES
WING WEIGHT
YES
BRAKING SPACES (adaptive)
YES
OPENING SPEED
YES
CLOSING SPEED
YES
EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS
INPUT FOR EMERGENCY
PUSH-BUTTON
ELECTRIC EMERGENCY OPENING
DEVICE
WITH BATTERY
EMERGENCY OPERATION
WITH BATTERY
STOP INPUT
SAFETY FUNCTIONS
INPUT FOR SAFETY
PHOTOCELL
OBSTACLE
DETECTION (adaptive)
ADJUSTABLE PARAMETERS
OPENING SPEED
CLOSING SPEED
APPROACHING SPEED
OPEN PAUSE TIME
THRUST FORCE
ELECTRIC LOCK ACTUATION DELAY
PARTIAL OPENING PERCENTAGE
DIAGNOSTICS
IDENTIFICATION OF DIFFERENT
ALARMS AND WARNINGS
ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS (OPTIONAL)
BISTABLE ELECTRIC
LOCK WITH SELF-TEST
BUILT-IN EMERGENCY BREAK-OUT
OPENING DEVICE
INTERLOCK FUNCTION
MANUAL RELEASE
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
65% opening speed
(dipswitch)
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
aprimatic.it
169
POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
SAFETY DISTANCES
POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
EXAMPLES OF AUTOMATION SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS
AUTOMATION
+ COVER
+ SC6 + ER6 + NS 48*
AUTOMATION
+
+ SC6 +
AUTOMATION
+ COVER
+ SC6 + ER6 + 1-2 RADAR + NS 48* +
EB2
AUTOMATION
+
+ SC6 +
EB2
AUTOMATION
COVER
COVER
+ COVER
ER6 + 1-2 RADAR + NS 48*
ER6 + 1-2 RADAR + NS 48* +
+ SC6 + ER6 + 1-2 RADAR + NS 48* +
+
SME
+
DCA
EB2
+ RADIO
+
AUTOMATION
+
COVER
+ SC6 +
ER6 + 1-2 RADAR + NS 48* +
EB2
+
DCA
SME
+ RADIO
AUTOMATION
Choose the model (complete operator assembly or beam system plus module) from the available range:
WING NK - WING NK H150 - SLIM SNK
COVER
Choose the cover with the desired surface finish from one of the following: natural, silver, black
SC6
Choose the key-operated selector (REQUIRED): SC6 WIRELESS - SC6 EC - SC6
ER6
Choose the photocells: ER6 UNI - ER6/N
1-2 RADAR
Choose the radar: RI90C, DM-H22, DT90C, RSI 4C
NS 48*
*Batteries supplied as a standard on all models
EB2
Electric lock: EB2
SME
Choose the Emergency Manual Release device: SME/E - SME/I installable only
with EB2
DCA
Choose Alternative Control Devices, if necessary: PC12E - PR5 - LB4 - CT4
(see the “Electronic devices” section - refer to the initial index)
RADIO
Choose the remote control and receiver: TM4; PLUS SC6 WIRELESS
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
Key
170
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING DOORS
EX. OF AUTOMATION SYSTEM DIMENSIONING
Two-wing automation system:
Wing NK, Wing NK H150
WALL
RH single-wing automation system:
Wing NK, Wing NK H150
WAL L
WALL
LH single-wing automation system:
Wing NK, Wing NK H150
WALL
WALL
W ALL
T
Known A
4A–2S+10
Known VP
2VP+2S+10
Known T
~
Known A
2A-2S+10
Known VP
2VP+2S+10
Known T
~
Known A
2A-S+10
Known VP
2VP+S+10
Known T
~
VP
2(A-S)
~
(T-2S-10)/2
A-2S
~
(T-2S-10)/2
A-S
~
(T-S-10)/2
A
~
(VP+2S)/2
(T+2S-10)/4
~
VP+2S
(T+2S-10)/2
~
VP+2S
(T+S-10)/2
A = wing length in mm
VP = passage span in mm
T= beam length in mm
S = overlap in mm
NOTE: S - The overlap (S) used in the formula = 50 mm (not binding).
The calculations for RH and LH single-wing automation systems are valid for both opening directions.
For RH single-wing automation, the actual passage span (VP) of the automation is reduced by the size of the overlap selected.
WING NK automation systems with anodised silver finish
Beam
2010
2510
3010
3610
4010
4410
4810
5410
6010
Passage
span
950
1200
1450
1750
1950
2150
2350
2650
2950
LH
RH
€ single wing
2.091,19
2.145,67
2.211,74
2.291,74
2.345,04
2.396,64
2.451,70
2.529,37
2.610,52
42710/201.1
42710/251.1
42710/301.1
42710/361.1
42710/401.1
42710/441.1
42710/481.1
42710/541.1
42710/601.1
€ single wing
2.091,19
2.145,67
2.211,74
2.291,74
2.345,04
2.396,64
2.451,70
2.529,37
2.610,52
42710/201.0
42710/251.0
42710/301.0
42710/361.0
42710/401.0
42710/441.0
42710/481.0
42710/541.0
42710/601.0
Double
€ wing
2.203,04
2.262,76
2.331,14
2.412,29
2.464,45
2.517,19
2.569,94
2.648,76
2.729,91
42710/201.2
42710/251.2
42710/301.2
42710/361.2
42710/401.2
42710/441.2
42710/481.2
42710/541.2
42710/601.2
Order the automation with the next standard length up from the one you require and then state the exact beam length you require in mm
ending with 0 or 5. The standard supply includes the emergency battery unit.
WING NK H150 automation systems with anodised silver finish
Beam
2010
2510
3010
3610
4010
4410
4810
5410
6010
Passage
span
950
1200
1450
1750
1950
2150
2350
2650
2950
LH
€ single wing
2421,56
2488,80
2553,12
2633,11
2686,43
2736,86
2793,09
2871,90
2953,05
42715/201.1
42715/251.1
42715/301.1
42715/361.1
42715/401.1
42715/441.1
42715/481.1
42715/541.1
42715/601.1
RH
€ single wing
2421,56
2488,80
2553,12
2633,11
2686,43
2736,86
2793,09
2871,90
2953,05
42715/201.0
42715/251.0
42715/301.0
42715/361.0
42715/401.0
42715/441.0
42715/481.0
42715/541.0
42715/601.0
Double
€ wing
2539,80
2606,44
2673,68
2752,51
2805,84
2858,58
2900,32
2977,98
3070,13
42715/201.2
42715/251.2
42715/301.2
42715/361.2
42715/401.2
42715/441.2
42715/481.2
42715/541.2
42715/601.2
Order the automation with the next standard length up from the one you require and then state the exact beam length you require in mm
ending with 0 or 5. The standard supply includes the emergency battery unit.
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
171
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING DOORS
SLIM SNK automation systems with anodised silver finish
Beam
2010
2510
3010
3610
4010
4410
4810
5410
LH
Passage
span
950
1200
1450
1750
1950
2150
2350
2650
RH
€ single wing
1684,88
1748,07
1822,26
1894,12
1947,45
1999,03
2052,93
2132,92
Double
€ single wing
42705/201.1
42705/251.1
42705/301.1
42705/361.1
42705/401.1
42705/441.1
42705/481.1
42705/541.1
1684,88
1748,07
1822,26
1894,12
1947,45
1999,03
2052,93
2132,92
€ wing
42705/201.0
42705/251.0
42705/301.0
42705/361.0
42705/401.0
42705/441.0
42705/481.0
42705/541.0
1800,80
1866,31
1934,69
2014,67
2065,69
2119,58
2173,50
2251,16
42705/201.2
42705/251.2
42705/301.2
42705/361.2
42705/401.2
42705/441.2
42705/481.2
42705/541.2
Order the automation with the next standard length up from the one you require and then state the exact beam length you require
in mm ending with 0 or 5. The standard supply includes the emergency battery unit.
Covers for WING NK, WING NK H150, SLIM SNK automation systems
Natural
Beam
Silver
€ finishing
2000
2500
3000
3600
4000
4400
4800
5400
6000
107,54
120,90
135,54
162,96
175,91
190,23
209,51
228,70
255,27
Black
€ finishing
42102/200
42102/250
42102/300
42102/360
42102/400
42102/440
42102/480
42102/540
42102/600
123,76
144,37
158,77
190,14
199,83
213,83
248,87
254,56
278,10
€ finishing
42100/200
42100/250
42100/300
42100/360
42100/400
42100/440
42100/480
42100/540
42100/600
145,72
166,72
190,29
213,83
232,28
256,15
285,70
313,65
343,14
42101/200
42101/250
42101/300
42101/360
42101/400
42101/440
42101/480
42101/540
42101/600
WING NK - WING NK H150 - SLIM SNK BEAM SECTION
186,4
171,5
122
01. Rolling shutters
O 52
152
159,5
117
27
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
172
MODULAR SOLUTIONS
WING NK / SLIM SNK modules
Composition
The WING NK and SLIM SNK modules
consists of a module profile L=1,100
mm complete with pre-assembled
components: control unit, power supply
unit, motor with encoder, emergency
batteries. The Module pack also includes
an idle pulley and two side flanges.
These modules allow to construct any type
of “Wing NK”, “Wing NK H150” or “SLIM
SNK” automation systems with the same
technical characteristics and functions as
described above. The NK module profile is
supplied ready for installation, complete
with the control unit, power supply unit,
motor and batteries ready-assembled.
To complete an automation you will need
the following: the “L” beam (of convenient
length), the hardware kit; the toothed belt
and the cover.
MODULE DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
BEAM
Min.Max.
PASSAGE SPAN
Min.Max.
Wing NK Module L=1100 mm
18106010
8502950
SLIM SNK Module
18105410
8502650
AVAILABLE NK MODULES AND COMPULSORY AND OPTIONAL COMPONENTS
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
€
42902/003
WING NK module L=1,100 mm
1566,65
42900/002
SLIM SNK Module
1307,57
42910/006
L shaped beam* with anodised silver finish L=7,000 mm
73,74 /m
42000/010
Cover* with natural finish L=7,000 mm
40,19 /m
42000/001
Cover* with silver finish L=7,000 mm
42,34 /m
42000/006
Cover* with black finish L=7,000 mm
56,13 /m
42280/068
Drive belt for modules L=1,100 (in pack of 50mt)
780,17
42710/100
Drive belt for modules L=1,100 (in pack of 50 m)
Toothed belt 7 m / RR
205,18
Single wing
42902/053
Double wing
42902/051
Single wing
42902/054
Double wing
42902/055
Hardware Kit for SLIM SNK and WING NK modules
The kit consists of all the mechanical components needed to assemble
the automation system and includes: carriage units, connection plates,
mechanical stop plates and a pack of nuts/bolts/screws
Hardware Kit for WING NK H150 module
The kit consists of all the mechanical components needed to assemble
the automation system and includes: carriage units, connection plates,
mechanical stop plates and a pack of nuts/bolts/screws
42902/056
NK 250 accessory mounting profile,
every accessory requires one profile
* All profiles are supplied in lengths of 7 m which cannot be split.
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
136,36
197,58
203,08
280,92
21,05
173
MODULAR SOLUTIONS
EX. OF AUTOMATION SYSTEM DIMENSIONING
WING NK - WING NK H 150 MODULE
WING NK / NK H150 module:
RH single-leaf and double-leaf
1100 (module)
(modulo)
A
150
L
WING NK / NK H150 module:
LH single-wing
(module)
1100 (modulo)
150
150
L
B
“L” (mm)
“A” (mm)
“B”(mm)
1800
300
300
2000
350
350
2400
450
450
2500
475
475
2800
550
550
3000
600
600
3200
650
650
3600
750
750
4000
850
850
4400
950
950
4800
1050
1050
5400
1200
1200
6000
1350
1350
“L” (mm)
“A” (mm)
“B”(mm)
1800
275
300
2000
325
350
2400
425
450
2500
450
475
2800
525
550
3000
575
600
3200
625
650
3600
725
750
4000
825
850
4400
925
950
4800
1025
1050
5400
1175
1200
SLIM SNK module:
RH single-leaf and double-leaf
(module)
1100 (modulo)
A
150
L
SLIM SNK module:
LH single-wing
1100 (module)
(modulo)
150
150
L
B
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
SLIM SNK MODULE
174
KIT UPGRADE WING NK
Application range:
The WING NK upgrade kit can only be
installed on: Automatic doors of the
WING or WING EVO model on the
catalogue since 2003.
TECHNICAL DATA
AUTOMATION POWER SUPPLY
SINGLE-PHASE 230 Vac (+/- 10%)
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
24 Vdc
TEMPERATURE
-10° +60° C
BATTERY CHARGER
BUILT-INTO WING NK CARD
AUTOMATIC DIAGNOSTIC
SEVERAL TYPES OF BUZZER ALARMS
ADJUSTABLE PARAMETERS:
APPROACH SPEED DURING OPENING
AND CLOSING DOOR OPEN PAUSE TIME
THRUST FORCE ELECTRIC LOCK
ACTIVATION DELAY PARTIAL OPENING
PERCENTAGE MASTER/SLAVE
EMERGENCY OPENING PHOTOCELLS
USED SETTINGS FOR TAMPERING,
EMERGENCY OPENING, ELECTRIC LOCK
AND POWER FAILURE
The Upgrade KIT allows all Aprimatic
automatic door customers (Wing and
Wing Evo series) to replace the basic
components to adapt the “old”system
to the new performance levels of the new
WING NK series automation systems.
The mechanical operations required for
the replacement are extremely simple
(the same bolts and component
measurements are used) while the
electronic operations are even simpler:
just disconnect the old control unit and
the peripheral units from the terminals
and insert the new card.
Once it is powered up, the new Wing
NK control board will do all the rest:
the new HIGH-TECH software requires
no manual operations: it will automatically
learn all the necessary settings (such
as wing weights, etc.) and self-calibrate
as efficiently as possible.
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42902/052
WING NK UPGRADE KIT
The package includes:
Gear motor unit, Wing NK control unit, idle pulley and fixing screws
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
1061,82
175
CONTROL AND
SAFETY DEVICES
DISPOSITIVI
DI COMANDO
E SICUREZZA
Stylish and functional design.
The key-operated selector units can be
used to set and select 6 operating modes
for automatic sliding doors. The SC6EC
and SC6 WIRELESS key-operated selector
units can be surface wall-mounted or
flush-mounted in a standard 503 electrical
box.
The Reset push-button on the keyoperated selector unit is small and
recessed to prevent accidental operation.
CONTROL AND SAFETY DEVICES
ITEM NUMBER
€
DESCRIPTION
42282/078
SC6 WIRELESS - 6-way key-operated selector unit for setting standard functions, it operates by
radio waves with a frequency of 433.92 MHz, installation: wall-mounted or flush-mounted with
503 box, PLUS SC6 WIRELESS receiver required
128,55
42282/073
SC6EC - 6-way key-operated selector unit for standard function setting, installation:
wall-mounted or flush-mounted in 503 box, 4-metre cable with connector
118,55
41923/007
PLUS SC6 WIRELESS RECEIVER - Installation on NK beams requires the NK 250 mm profile,
SC6 WIRELESS key-operated selector and/or TR2 or TR4 transmitter required
119,38
42282/070
SC6 - 6-way key-operated selector unit for standard function setting installation:
wall-mounted - 4-metre cable with connector
93,99
41905/004
TM4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel remote control
38,41
PHOTOCELLS
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
€
42300/007
ER6/N - Self-aligning, miniaturised, modulated infrared photocells
Range of 6 metres at full power and 3 metres at half power, the unit consists
of: amplifier card for two pairs of photocells with self-test function (fault
signal relay output) and twin-relay output with series-connected contacts,
pair of transmitter/receiver photocells with 8-metre shielded cables, fittings
for assembly on aluminium frames, installation on NK beams requires the NK
250 profile
143,96
42300/002
ER6/N Pre-mounted NK (can be ordered only with the purchase of an
automation system)
193,13
42300/006
Kit of extra ER6/N photocells
42,80
01. Rolling shutters
NOTE: By ticking the appropriate box on the order form, the photocells ER6/N item No. 42300/002 will be supplied pre-assembled and pre-mounted on the beam at the same price.
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
176
CONTROL AND SAFETY DEVICES
RADAR
The range encompasses
all the technologies used for automatic
door opening devices, such as microwave,
active infrared and passive infrared.
RADAR
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42282/092
RI-H5 - Medium-range combined door activation and safety sensor with 4 detection rows
(active infrared technology)
234,09
42283/092
RI90C - Radar infrared safe
229,95
42283/091
DM-H22 - Bi directional door sensor (microwave technology)
185,85
42283/090
DT90C double technology safe radar
389,68
42283/096
RSI 4C - Door-wing mounted swing door safety sensor,
(active infrared distance measurement technology)
366,45
42283/098
MS20 Microwave contactless switch (Based S4)
187,95
42282/097
PBH - Mechanical button for pedestrian doors (dim.115x115x44 mm)
158,60
TECHNICAL
DATA
DM-H22
DT90C
TECHNOLOGY
Microwaves
INSTALLATION
HEIGHT
DETECTION
MODES
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
CONSUMPTION
TEMPERATURE
RANGE
DIMENSIONS
(LxDxH)
CABLE
EN16005
RI-H5
RI90C
RS-I4C
4 m max.
Microwaves
Active
Active infrared
infrared
From 1,8 a 4m max 3 m max
Active
infrared
3 m max.
Active
infrared
3,5 m max.
Movement
and movement
12-30 Vcc +/-10%
Presence
and movement
12V+/- 5%
Presence
Presence
›1W (a 24V)
-20°C+55°C
›3W (a 24V)
-25°C +55°C
Presence
and movement
12-32 Vca +/-10%
12-32 Vcc +/-10%
1,45 W (a 24 V)
-20°C +60°C
12-30 Vca +/-10%
12-30 Vcc +/-10%
1,45 W (a 24 V)
-25°C +55°C
12-24 Vca/cc
+/-10%
‹ 1 W (a 24 V)
-25°C +55°C
123 x 57 x 65
260 x 44 x 55
210 x 65 x 30
210 x 65 x 30
300 x 48 x 44
YES
-
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
177
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
EMERGENCY PUSH-BUTTON
The emergency push-button enables door
opening whenever necessary. It consists
of a highly-visible, red mushroom-head
push-button with a twist-to-release action.
EMERGENCY PUSH-BUTTON
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42282/082
PE - Red mushroom-head emergency push-button
with twist-to-release actione
54,23
ELECTRIC LOCK AND MANUAL RELEASE UNITS
The electric lock has been designed
specifically for locking mobile wings. It is
supplied complete with a diagnostics card.
The system is not electrically powered
when it is in the open or closed position.
The EB2 electric lock can be fitted (on
request) with mechanical release systems
which is used to release the lock in the
event of an operating fault, a mains power
failure or a backup battery failure.
A driven external release is also available.
This is mounted inside a recessed, wallmounted, lockable box to protect against
unauthorised operation.
ELECTRIC LOCK and MANUAL RELEASE UNITS
€
ITEM NUMBER
42282/076
DESCRIPTION
EB2 - Electric lock for two-handed wings, controlled from by an electronic
card, with 0.9 m - 1.5 m - 2.5 m, cables, installed on Nk beams with NK 250
mm profile
42282/077
EB2 NK PREM (for Slim SNK, Wing NK, Wing NK H150) (can be ordered only
with the purchase of an automation system)
206,59
42280/084
SME - Mechanical release system for EB2 electric lock, for use in the event
of faults or power supply failures
66,71
42280/085
Box for external release drive complete with cable and shield - 5 m
41704/002
CS - Built-in strongbox (with up/down button and electrical brake release)
74,19
41704/004
CSP - Wall mounted outdoor strongbox
61,43
184,93
129,33
NOTE: By ticking the appropriate box on the order form, the EB2 electric lock code 42282/077, will be supplied pre-assembled and pre-mounted on the beam
at the same price.
NS 48
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42282/075
NS48 (battery units are pre-assembled on all automation systems).
Battery unit with double function (charging and diagnostic functions built
into the door control device):
1) Electrical emergency opening device
2) Backup battery (autonomy of 1 hour, half-charged)
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
€
131,67
01. Rolling shutters
NS 48
178
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR BEAMS AND COVERS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR BEAMS AND COVERS
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
42910/008
Telescopic cover* with natural finish L=7,000 mm
15,14 /m
42910/010
Telescopic cover* with black finish L=7,000 mm
30,31 /m
42280/067
Cover fixing bracket, in pack of 10 pcs
42910/003
Rear profile* with silver finish L=7,000 mm
42280/061
Sound-proofing seal for rear profile (1 m pack)
46,45
50,90 /m
4,08
* All profiles are supplied in lengths of 7 m which cannot be split.
ACCESSORIES FOR WINGS WITH ALUMINIUM PROFILES
Floor guides for mobile wings.
ACCESSORIES FOR WINGS WITH ALUMINIUM PROFILES
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
€
42200/050
SPS - Floor guide set for wing with Small profile frame (Can be used with other types
of aluminium profile)
17,02
42201/051
SPT - Floor guide set for wing with Modular profile frame (Can be used with
other types of aluminium profile)
12,08
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
179
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES FOR GLASS WINGS
Details used exclusively for assembly of mobile glass-only wings (not framed with aluminium profiles).
The new system cuts assembly work to the minimum and facilitates working with glass panels.
ACCESSORIES FOR GLASS WINGS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42281/061
PCR - Clamps for glass doors, 3 m raw profile,
For 10 mm tempered glass, max. weight 80 kg
and max. wing width 1,500 mm
252,82
42281/062
Set of fixing accessories for glass wings
112,07
42281/063
Additional reinforcement bracket (no. 1 pc)
1 pcs for wing length 900/1200 mm
2 pcs for wing length 1200/1900 mm
20,63
42281/064
Plug for glass door clamp (no. 1 pc)
13,97
42280/079
GTC - Floor guide set for glass wings
7,60
UNIVERSAL ACCESSORIES FOR OTHER TYPES OF WINGS
Useful accessories for rapidly fixing new or existing mobile wings to the carriages of APRIMATIC automatic doors.
ACCESSORIES FOR WINGS WITH ALUMINIUM PROFILES
ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION
€
42280/077
PDA - Aluminium adapter profile (L=1500 mm) for one wing, for joining the
carriages to the framed wing, connection plates required.
42280/071
CPA - Set of 2 connection plates for one wing, with fixing screws
9,52
42200/052
Set of fixing screws for a small wing, contains all necessary screws and
fittings to fix the door wing to the automation system carriage
8,30
01. Rolling shutters
36,28
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
180
SLIDING OPENINGS
EXAMPLES OF POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
ONE SLIDING WING
ONE SLIDING WING
WITH TRANSOM
TWO WINGS
ONE SLIDING AND ONE FIXED
TWO WINGS
ONE SLIDING AND ONE FIXED
WITH TRANSOM
TWO SLIDING WINGS
TWO SLIDING WINGS
WITH TRANSOM
TWO SLIDING WINGS
TWO FIXED
TWO SLIDING WINGS
TWO FIXED WITH TRANSOM
aprimatic.it
181
SLIDING OPENINGS WITH EMERGENCY OPENING DEVICE
ONE SLIDING WING
WITH EMERGENCY OPENING
DEVICE ON A MOBILE WING
ONE SLIDING WING
ONE FIXED WITH EMERGENCY
DEVICE ON A MOBILE WING
ONE SLIDING WING
ONE FIXED WITH FULL EMERGENCY
OPENING DEVICE
TWO SLIDING WINGS
WITH EMERGENCY OPENING DEVICE
ON MOBILE WINGS
TWO SLIDING WINGS
TWO FIXED WINGS WITH FULL
EMERGENCY OPENING DEVICE
TWO SLIDING WINGS
TWO FIXED WINGS
WITH EMERGENCY OPENING DEVICE
ON MOBILE WINGS
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
EXAMPLES OF POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
182
EMERGENCY BREAK-OUT OPENING DEVICE
ASM-N MECHANICAL EMERGENCY BREAK-OUT OPENING DEVICE,
FULL AND PARTIAL
LAYOUT
The emergency break-out opening device
is a safety device enabling mobile and
semi-fixed wings of all types to be opened
mechanically in the event of an emergency.
PARTIAL EMERGENCY OPENING
DEVICE
FULL EMERGENCY OPENING
DEVICE
OUTDOOR
OUTDOOR
Wall
or frame
▲
▲
DIRECTION
OF PUSH FOR OPENING
DIRECTION
OF PUSH FOR OPENING
WARNING: In configurations where mobile wings equipped with ASM-N are joined to semi-fixed wings also equipped with emergency
opening devices (full emergency opening device), it is necessary to fix the wings using the fittings supplied in the special
set (optional).
NEWS: The spinning point for mobile wings and semi-fixed wings is located inside the profile. The set of fittings for semi-fixed wings
are not visible and located inside the covering profile.
The ASM-N mechanical emergency
break-out opening device can be used on
wings with a maximum width of 1,200 mm
and max. weight of 90 kg; and on wings with
a minimal width of 700 mm and max. weight
of 120 kg (according to the table below) for
a max. height of 2,400 mm.
Max. wing
lenght
Wing length mm
7009001,000
1,200
Max. wing weight* kg 12011010090
ASM-N weight
7 kg
*Overall weight including ASM-N
Max. wing
weight
THE ASM-N CAN BE USED WITH THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF PROFILES:
PROFILES
COMPATIBLE
WITH ASM-N
(NOT TYPEAPPROVED)
- Domalstopper PG
- Formula F40 system
- Metra NC 45 International
- Metra NC 55 International
- R50
- Modular APRIMATIC
profiles*
* For instructions on machining “Modular” profiles,
request the cutting list.
aprimatic.it
If you cannot use the
compatible profiles listed
above, ensure that the
profiles you use have the
dimensions indicated
above.
183
EMERGENCY BREAK-OUT OPENING DEVICE
ASM-N EMERGENCY OPENING DEVICE
1 - Lower arm
2 - Upper arm
3 - Adapter profile
4 - Plugs for adapter profile
5 - Rough adjustment insert
6 - Male fitting
7 - Female fitting
8 - Cover plate
9 - Lower guide
10 - Lower guide slider Nuts, bolts and screws
Optional elements:
Semi-fixed wing fitting set
(for full emergency opening device)
MECHANICAL EMERGENCY BREAK-OUT OPENING DEVICE
MECHANICAL EMERGENCY BREAK-OUT OPENING DEVICE
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42280/088
(*) Mechanical emergency opening device set for 1 mobile wing, device weight 7 kg
42280/081
(*) Guide (L=1,500 mm) and adapter (L=1,200 mm) set
42280/070
Set of fittings for 1 semi-fixed wing
338,28
76,07
122,72
NOTE: You should include the weight of the emergency opening device when calculating the wing weight.Max. wing weight = 90 kg for a length of 1,200 mm,
including the emergency opener system (7 kg). (*) Both required for installation.
ACCESSORIES FOR MECHANICAL EMERGENCY BREAK-OUT OPENING DEVICE
ACCESSORIES USED TO STOP WING MOVEMENT IN THE EVENT OF EMERGENCY OPENING
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
€
DESCRIPTION
42280/076
SMI - Magnetic lock sensor, recess mounted, to be connected as an N.C. contact in series with the reset button,
on full emergency break-out opening devices, to be fitted on all semi-fixed wings
SMS - Magnetic lock sensor, surface mounted, to be connected as an N.C. contact in series with the reset button, on
full emergency break-out opening devices to be fitted on all semi-fixed wings
ER6/N
42280/075
42300/007
NOTE: F
or technical details about the ER6N photocells, see the "Photocells" table
(on “Control and safety devices” page).
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
10,13
11,58
143,96
01. Rolling shutters
ITEM NUMBER
184
SMALL PROFILES
PROFILES FOR AUTOMATIC DOORS
SUITABLE FOR 10/11 MM TICK GLASS PANELS
“SMALL” series profiles
can be used to make wings
for automatic sliding doors.This profile
has been designed and manufactured
specifically for mobile wings, fixed side
wings and semi-fixed side wings.
In spite of its compact size, the profile
is compatible with up to 10 mm thick
glass panels.
EXAMPLE OF ONE OF THE POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
FIXED WING
MOBILE WING
aprimatic.it
185
“SMALL” SERIES PROFILES
Fixed/mobile wing upright
Central upright
Central seal
Top and bottom rail
Draught-proof seal
for overlap area
Single wing stop
Side seal
NOTE: All aluminium profiles are supplied non-anodised in lengths of 5050 mm.
“SMALL” SERIES PROFILES
€
DESCRIPTION
“Small” mobile/fixed wing upright (srm)
70,22
42200/013
“Small” central upright (L = 5050 mm)
37,45
42200/014
“Small” top and bottom rail (L = 5050 mm)
87,20
42200/015
“Small” single wing stop (L = 5050 mm)
22,23
01. Rolling shutters
ITEM NUMBER
42200/012
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
186
“SMALL” SERIES PROFILES
SEALS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42200/016
“Small” central seal (pack of 100 m)
5,26 /m
42281/060
Draught-proof seal for overlap area (pack of 1 m)
4,08 /m
42200/054
“Small” side seal (pack of 80 m)
7,6 /m
NOTE: A
ll seals necessary for wing assembly can be purchased to size in multiples of 1 metre.
This does not apply to adhesive seals; which are sold exclusively in packs of 50 metres.
FITTING ACCESSORIES
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42200/053
Set of fixing screws for a small wing,
required for assembly of automatic door wing profiles
42200/051
Pack of inserts for assembling a fixed wing with “Small” profile
NOTE: For the fittings required to secure the mobile wing to the carriage and for the floor guide to be used with Small profiles,
see the catalogue on page 186-187 (SPM and "Set of fixing screws for a small wing").
aprimatic.it
€
5,26
24,57
187
MODULAR PROFILES
IDEAL INSTALLATION
4 wing door, with 2 fixed and 2 sliding
2
1
3
4
5
1
Automation module
2
Radar
3
Manual release
4
Control unit : key-operated switch / presence reader / keyboard combination lock / card
reader / magnetic keys
5
Pair of photocells
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
KEY
188
MODULAR PROFILES
PROFILES FOR 9/13 mm AND 20/23 mm automatic doors
"MODULAR" profiles can be used for
automatic sliding door wings. This profile
has been specifically designed for the
construction of fixed and mobile wings
with or without mechanical emergency
break-out opening device (AMS) thus
perfectly fitting in a system of windows and
curtain walls providing a complete range of
possible solutions.
The profile's modular construction, lends
the wing a striking and aesthetically
pleasing look. “MODULAR” profiles
complete the range of extruded wing
elements and meet any installation
requirements.
SEALS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42205/001
Upright cover (L = 5050 mm)
22,81
42205/002
Wing mounting profile without fixed slide guide (L = 5050 mm)
52,08
42205/003
Mobile wing mounting profile + fixed slide guide (L = 5050 mm)
37,45
42205/004
Upright profile (L = 5050 mm)
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
aprimatic.it
131,67
189
SEALS
DESCRIPTION
42205/005
Photoelectric cell profile (L = 5050 mm)
42205/006
Upper frame (L = 5050 mm)
42205/007
Snap-type rounded glass beading (L 23) (L = 6500 mm)
42205/008
Lower additional transom (L = 6500 mm)
€
32,77
108,81
30,42
151,54
01. Rolling shutters
ITEM NUMBER
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
190
MODULAR PROFILES
PROFILES FOR 9/13 mm AND 20/23 mm automatic doors
SEALS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42205/009
Horizontal 160 mm transom (L = 6500 mm)
212,39
42205/010
Lower transom 160 mm (L = 6500 mm)
254,33
42205/011
Snap-type rounded glass beading (L13) (L = 6500 mm)
25,74
42205/012
Vertical wall-mounted compensator (L = 6500 mm)
59,06
42205/015
“L” oversized fixed frame (L = 6500 mm)
aprimatic.it
105,33
191
SEALS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42205/016
“R” oversized fixed frame (L = 6500 mm)
120,51
42205/017
Outward-opening oversized wing (L = 6500 mm)
118,21
42205/019
Blind glass beading (L = 6500 mm)
42205/061
Central seal (100 m)
31,60
01. Rolling shutters
373,98
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
192
OVER/ OVER HEAVY / OVER EVO
24
Vcc
228
229
Automation for indoor swing
doors, of max. weight 300kg.
Continuous use.
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
ACCESSORY
POWER SUPPLY
THRUST FORCE
MAX WEIGHT
APPLICABLE TO THE WING
ABSORBED POWER
MAX.WING WIDTH
USE FREQUENCY
OPENING ANGLE
OBSTACLE DETECTION
MAX. SPEED OPENING
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
EMERGENCY BATTERY
PROTECTION DEGREE
CERTIFIED
aprimatic.it
OVER
OVERHEAVY
OVER EVO
100/240 V - 50/60 Hz
24 V
12 V cc - 1A max.
20 Nm
40 Nm
23 Nm
200 kg
300 kg
220 kg
40 W
L=1200 mm
70 W
70 W
L=1500 mm
L=1200 mm
S3 = 100% - continuous
100° max.
YES adjustable
2-6 s
- 15° C / + 50° C
YES optional
IP20
EN16005
193
OVER series, is equipped with encoder,
a device through which you can control
and manage with the utmost precision
the engine and the port status in any use
condition.
Maximum safety is guaranteed by
OVER's many functions. The OBSTACLE
DETECTION function, available thanks
to the encoder, stops the door and/or
reverses the wing movement direction
when an obstacle is detected.
OVER and OVER HEAVY are available with
opening and closing to motor; while OVER
EVO with opening at motor and closing with
spring, guarantee a safety closing also in
blackout situation.
EMERGENCY opening mode, in case
of a power failure, which allows the
automation system to place the door in
the OPEN position and STOP condition or,
at the discretion of the user, allows the
continuous operation of the door thanks to
the optional backup battery.
New technology brushless motor
for greater durability, reducing the
frequency of maintenance.
The PUSH&GO function enables OVER to
recognise when the door is being pushed
by hand and therefore allow door opening.
ARTICULATED ARM
SLIDING ARM
Use the ARTICULATED ARM for door
opening outwards from the automation side.
Use the SLIDING ARM for doors
opening inwards from the automation side.
DRIVE SYSTEM FOR INDOOR SWING DOORS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42605/001
OVER (grey cover)
42605/002
OVER HEAVY (grey cover)
1699,00
42605/003
OVER EVO (grey cover)
1299,00
899,00
COMPULSORY CONTROL ACCESSORIES
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
42605/050
Articulated arm : for use with doors opening outward
42605/051
Sliding arm : for use with doors opening inwards
83,00
42605/056
Spacer 17mm (only for OVER model)
36,00
42605/057
Spacer 51mm
47,00
42605/058
Spacer 68 mm
71,50
42605/059
Spacer 85mm
74,50
115,00
ACCESSORIES
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41923/009
RR-SE - Unico 433.92 MHz Memory System superheterodyne receiver
42282/096
RSH - Swing door safety sensor (active infrared distance measurement technology
88,67
379,84
RADAR:
42282/092
RI-H5 - Medium-range combined door activation and safety sensor with 4 detection rows
234,09
42283/094
DM-M Microwave monodirectional radar
196,64
42605/060
TOUCH T Function selector
289,00
42605/061
SEL F 3 position selector
40,00
SEL F 3 POSITION
SELECTOR
Select basic door
operating modes.
TOUCH T
Select door operating modes.
Parameters configuration.
NOTA: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
NOTE: for other control and safety devices, see page 176.
194
aprimatic.it
195
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
196
4-module flush-mounting box
ADI MODULES - MOTOR CONTROL
Radio-controlled equipment
for the automation of door,
window and shutter motors,
lights, fans, solenoid valves,
small domestic loads with 230
Vac power supply.
Cost-effective solutions for the most
common automation needs in the
residential and service sectors (homes,
offices, shops, hotels, etc.).
The indoor modules can also be installed in
4-module flush-mounting boxes, using the
appropriate fixing tabs.
aprimatic.it
Suitable for systems with different levels
of complexity: from individual automation
systems to coordinated systems.
Ease of installation and commissioning,
built-in antenna. Wired and wireless
centralised operation.
197
ADI MODULES - MOTOR CONTROL
INDIVIDUAL RADIO CONTROL: M230HR
Radio control with portable two-channel
transmitters (TM4) or wall-mounted
transmitters (TP2-BN, TP2-NR).
3x0,75
3x1,5
230 V line
2x1,5
INDIVIDUAL WIRED AND WIRELESS CONTROLS: M230HR
Individual low-voltage wired control
with standard, even pre-existing, pushbuttons and radio control with portable
two-channel transmitters (TM4) or wallmounted transmitters (TP2-BN, TP2-NR).
230 V line
01. Rolling shutters
3x0,75
3x1,5
2x1,5
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
198
ADI MODULES - MOTOR CONTROL
INDIVIDUAL WIRED AND MULTIPLE WIRELESS CONTROLS: M230HR
multichannel transmitters (TM4, TR14).
Simple configuration allows all modules to
be controlled from a single remote control.
3x1,5
3x0,75
3x1,5
3x0,75
2x1,5
3x0,75
230 V line
2x1,5
3x1,5
2x1,5
Individual low-voltage wired control with
standard, even existing push-buttons
and wireless control with portable
CENTRALISED WIRED AND WIRELESS CONTROLS: M230HR
they remain active or until the end of the
operation. Priority centralised controls
can be used to create simple but effective
coordinated control “scenarios”:
for instance, in an office, with a single
pulse control it is possible to implement an
"exit" scenario that provides for the closing
of all windows and turning off of all lights.
Switches
Timer
Weather units
Alarm systems
aprimatic.it
3x0,75
2x1,5
Linea Bus 3x1
3x1,5
3x0,75
3x1,5
3x0,75
230 V line
2x1,5
3x1,5
The same functions can be achieved with
wireless controls, simply by configuring
the control modules. For example a
TR14 remote control can be used to
control “scenarios” as well as controlling
individual operators.
2x1,5
Indoor modules can receive individual
controls and centralised priority wired
controls.
Such controls can come from timers,
weather units, alarm systems etc. as
well as from simple manually-operated
switches. Priority centralised controls take
precedence over local controls as long as
199
ADI MODULES - MOTOR CONTROL
INDIVIDUAL WIRED AND WIRELESS CONTROL: M230S
Low-voltage wired control with standard
outdoor push-button and wireless control
with portable two-channel transmitters
(TM4) or wall-mounted transmitters
(TP2-BN, TP2-NR).
3x0,75
3x1,5
230 V line
2x1,5
USE WITH WEATHER UNIT: M230HR
Automatic closing control from a weather
unit on dedicated priority input.
Low-voltage wired control with standard
outdoor switch and wireless control with
portable two-channel transmitters (TM4)
or wall-mounted transmitters (TP2-BN,
TP2-NR).
3x1,5
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
2x1,5
3x0,75
230 V line
2x1,5
2x0,75
200
ADI MODULES - RX230 RECEIVER MODULE
2-channel receiver module with 2 clean contacts for controlling low-voltage loads or pulse control for gate control units, theft-alarm etc.
Theft-alarm
SUPPLY
Gate
control unit
230 V line
2x1,5
aprimatic.it
201
ADI MODULES - MOTOR CONTROL
TECHNICAL DATA
M230HR
POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR VOLTAGE
PROTECTION FUSE
MAX. POWER W
EQUIPMENT CONSUMPTION
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION. FUSE
MAX. SECTION OF POWER SUPPLY CABLES
MAX. SECTION OF MOTOR CABLES
MAX. SECTION OF CONTROL CABLES
RADIO FREQUENCY
USEFUL RANGE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
PROTECTION DEGREE
INSTALLATION
MODULE CONTAINER
Single-phase 230 Vac (+ 6% - 10%) - 50 Hz
230 Vca
230 Vca
5A
5A
600
650
2 W max.
2 W max.
Not available
300 mA max.
Not available
500 mA
2,5 mm2
1,5 mm2
1,5 mm2
2,5 mm2
1 mm2
2,5 mm2
433.92 Mhz
433.92 Mhz
120 metres in free field with optional antenna
-20° +70° C
-20° +70° C
-40° +85° C
-40° +85° C
90% max. (non condensing)
90% max. (non condensing)
IP20
IP44
Indoors, in a dry, not dusty area
Outdoors
M230S
FEATURES
M230HR
M230S
Local opening
Removable terminal board
Terminal board
Local closing
Removable terminal board
Terminal board
Centralised opening
Removable terminal board
Not available
Centralised closing
Removable terminal board
Not available
Stop
Removable terminal board
Terminal board
Safety device
Removable terminal board
Terminal board
OPERATING MODES
Local opening
YES
YES
Local closing
YES
YES
Centralised opening
YES
~
Centralised closing
YES
~
Stop
YES
YES
Dead man
YES
YES
Semi-automatic open/close
YES
YES
Semi-automatic step-by-step
YES
YES
Automatic
YES
YES
OUTPUTS
Outputs
2 relays for motor control with HW and SW interlock
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Wireless control memorisation:
Wireless self-learning - Max. 496 different users
Operating time
On module and wireless
On module and wireless
Pause time
On module and wireless
On module and wireless
TX buttons - Wireless controls
On module and wireless
On module and wireless
PRESETS
Operating logics
Semi-automatic Open/Close
Operating time
45 s (programmable from 0 to 180 seconds)
Pause time
45 s (programmable from 0 to 180 seconds)
Stop input
Disabled (JP5 closed)
Safety device input
Disabled (JP6 closed)
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
CONFIGURATIONS
202
ADI MODULES - LIGHT CONTROL
TECHNICAL DATA
RX230
POWER SUPPLY
LOAD VOLTAGE
PROTECTION FUSE
EQUIPMENT CONSUMPTION
MAX. SECTION OF POWER SUPPLY CABLES
MAX. SECTION OF CABLES FOR LOADS
MAX. SECTION OF CONTROL CABLES
RADIO FREQUENCY
USEFUL RANGE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
PROTECTION DEGREE
INSTALLATION
MODULE CONTAINER
Single-phase 230 Vca (+ 6% - 10%) - 50 Hz
0-24 Vcc Vca
3,15 A
2 W max.
1,5 mm2
1,5 mm2
~
433.92 Mhz
120 metres in free field with optional antenna
-20° +70° C
-40° +85° C
90% max. (non condensing)
IP20
Even outdoors
LOAD CONTROL
rx230
No. of relays
2
MAX. APPLICABLE LOADS
Induction motor or transformer
1A
Resistive load
1A
Incandescent lamp
1A
Fluorescent lamp
1A
WIRED INPUTS
Channel 1 control
~
Channel 2 control
~
Centralised activation
~
Centralised deactivation
~
WIRELESS INPUTS
Channel 1 control
YES
Channel 2 control
YES
Centralised activation
~
Centralised deactivation
~
OPERATING MODES
ON/OFF
YES
Timer 1-255 seconds
YES
Timer 1-255 minutes
YES
Dead man
YES
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Wireless control memorisation:
Wireless self-learning - Max. 496 different users
CONFIGURATIONS
Channel 1 timer
On module and wireless
Channel 2 timer
On module and wireless
TX buttons - Wireless controls
On module and wireless
PRESETS
Operating logics
ON/OFF
Channel 1 timer
1 second
Channel 2 timer
1 second
aprimatic.it
203
ADI MODULES - ACCESSORIES
MOTOR CONTROL MODULES
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43665/004
M230HR - 230 Vac motor control module, wired and wireless control,
indoor installation, suitable size for installation in “504” flush-mounting box
119,97
43665/015
M230S - 230 Vac motor control module, wired and wireless control,
max. 300 mA accessory power supply, outdoor installation in IP44 box
116,48
43645/004
MCT - Centralised-operation control module for tubular motors with interface
card specifically for the control of several parallel-connected tubular motors
41,33
TWO-CHANNEL RECEIVER MODULES
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41923/055
RX230 - Two-channel receiver module with 2 clean contacts for controlling
low-voltage loads or pulse control for gate control units, theft-alarm etc.,
suitable size for installation in “503” flush-mounting box
€
113,58
ACCESSORI
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
41929/001
ANT433 - 433.92 MHz external antenna with 4.5 m coaxial cable
and ground connection in combination with 43665/004 or 43665/015
or 41923/055
19,12
41905/004
TM 4 - 433.92 MHz four-channel remote control
38,41
41903/014
TR14 - 433.92 MHz 14-channel portable remote control
41905/001
TP2-BN - White wall-mounted two-channel 433.92 MHz remote control, compatible with BTicino living International/Light wiring systems
65,22
41905/002
TP2-NR - Black wall-mounted two-channel 433.92 MHz remote control, compatible with BTicino living International/Light wiring systems
65,22
43701/050
PP-BN - Plate for white wall-mounted remote control
9,89
43701/051
PP-NR - Plate for black wall-mounted remote control
9,89
01. Rolling shutters
282,63
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
204
MOTOR CONTROL UNITS, WEATHER UNITS AND ACCESSORIES
24 V AND 230 V MOTOR CONTROL UNITS, WEATHER UNITS,
RAIN, WIND, SMOKE SENSORS.
MATCHING OF MOTOR CONTROL UNITS WITH OPERATORS AND WEATHER UNITS
24 V
230 V
CV1N
CV10
CF10/2 *
4M
O2M 24 V
~
4 Motors
4 Motors
~
APRICOLOR VARIA 24 V
~
4 Motors
4 Motors
~
1 Motors
10 Motors
10 Motors
~
APRILINEARE 230 V
~
~
~
4 Motors
WI-MATIC ATC300E
~
~
~
4 Motors
APRICOLOR VARIA VARIA T 230 V
~
~
~
4 Motors
ST 450 N
~
~
~
4 Motors
DUO SYSTEM 230V
~
~
~
4 Motors
TUBULAR REVOLUX
~
~
~
4 Motors
PV1 230 V
YES
YES
YES
YES
PV2 24 V
YES
~
YES
~
POWER SUPPLY 230 V
POWER SUPPLY 24 V
OPERATOR
DUO SYSTEM 24V
WEATHER UNITS
NOTE: PV1 and PV2 control units can be installed with:
NOTE: * The CF10/2 control unit can be installed with:
RV - Anemometer
Detector:
Smoke, Heat or Smoke/Heat
SP1 - Rain sensor
aprimatic.it
Buffer battery
205
MOTOR CONTROL UNITS, WEATHER UNITS AND ACCESSORIES
MOTOR CONTROL UNITS
€
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43660/002
CV1N - 24 Vdc max. 1A motor control unit, inputs for local and centralised
opening and closing commands, power adjustment potentiometer 300 mA
to 600 mA, 24 Vdc accessory power supply, can be connected in parallel with
other CV1N units
253,66
43660/007
CV10 - 24 Vdc max. 8A motor control unit, inputs for local and centralised
opening and closing commands, can be connected in parallel with other CV10
units
165,98
43645/005
4M - control unit for simultaneous control of four 230 Vac motors, inputs for
local and centralised opening and closing commands, can be connected in
parallel with other 4M units
214,91
43660/006
CF10/2 - motor control unit (up to ten 24 Vdc max. 8A motors), 24Vdc max. 500
mA accessory power supply output, preset for backup battery and recharge
circuit, built-in control panel for operators, rain/wind sensor and thermostat
management, indicator LEDs, internal emergency thermostat triggered at +
70° C, 2.2 KOhm balance line for max. 24 smoke and heat detectors, remote
alarm signalling output
485,16
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43660/101
CF10/2 - Backup battery
(no.2 x 12V - 5Ah batteries)
173,56
43701/063
RFC - Optical smoke detector with differential heat sensor, compliant with
EN54 standards (for max. area 60 m2 and height 12 m)
195,69
ITEM NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
43665/018
PV1 (power supply 230 Vac)
74,55
43660/008
PV2 (power supply 24 Vdc)
67,55
ACCESSORIES - CF 10/2
€
WEATHER UNITS AND SENSORS
€
43701/055
RV - Anemometer
42,51
43701/052
SP1 - Rain sensor
84,44
NOTE: All prices are subject to variation.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
01. Rolling shutters
PV1 and PV2 weather units can be connected to an anemometer and/or rain sensor to provide
an alarm signal output (normally-open relay with no-voltage contacts) that can be used to send
closing commands
206 TECHNICAL INFO
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 207
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
208 TECHNICAL INFO
RAIDER 2500
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
p 14
p 36
p 16
p 38
OPERATOR POSITIONING
Wing rotation centre
Operator
rotation
centre
AP424 / AP423
p 15
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
OPERATOR POSITIONING
Degrees
90° Available stroke = 400mm
aprimatic.it
A
B
Cu
160
160
320
175
175
350
190
190
380
200
200
400
TECHNICAL INFO 209
FLEXI 300
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
p 18
p 42
p 17
p 40
OPERATOR POSITIONING
A max.= 180 mm
C max.= 350 mm
max.= 120°
AP350
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
OPERATOR POSITIONING
Gate hinge
Pillar
Small Zinc-plated
bracket
Large bracket
L min
L max
770 mm
1130 mm
Type
400
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
95° rotation
110° rotation
W
X
Y
W
X
Y
1130
160
210
1130
170
160
210 TECHNICAL INFO
TWENTY 270
p 19
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
p 20
p 21
OPERATOR POSITIONING
Table A: Dimensions recommended for standard operators
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model
TWENTY 270
Length
(A)
Distance
attacks (B)
Rod stroke
(C)
990
723
270
Opening
angle
90°
a
(mm)
b
(mm)
c (*)
(mm)
d (**)
(mm)
130
140
270
90
(*) rod stroke required to stem (**) max dimensions
c= The stroke of the rod is less than the maximum stroke in order the piston
internally reaching its stop in the opening and closing phases
FORTY 270 / 390
p 46
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
OPERATOR POSITIONING
Table “A”: Forty 270 - Fixing brackets
Opening
angle
a
(mm)
b
(mm)
c (*)
(mm)
d (**)
(mm)
s
(mm)
90°
130
130
270
80
20
115°
100
120
270
50
20
125°
90
120
270
40
0
(*) rod stroke required to stem the hydraulic slowdown in the closing
(**) max dimensions
Table “B”: Forty 390 - Fixing brackets
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Opening
angle
a
(mm)
b
(mm)
c (*)
(mm)
d (**)
(mm)
s
(mm)
Length
(A)
Distance
attacks (B)
Rod stroke
(C)
90°
200
160
390
150
20
FORTY 270
1090
705
270
115°
170
160
390
110
20
FORTY 390
1330
825
390
125°
130
170
390
80
20
Model
(*) rod stroke required to stem the hydraulic slowdown in the closing
(**) max dimensions
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 211
EM 73N
p 48
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
ZT 70
p 50
DIMENSIONS CIA 170 (undergound box)
NOTE : Always include
a rainwater drain
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
212 TECHNICAL INFO
ZT 71
p 52
DIMENSIONS CIA171 (undergorund box)
NOTE : Always include
a rainwater drain
ONDA 424
p 22
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
aprimatic.it
p 62
TECHNICAL INFO 213
ONDA 623
p 24
p 66
p 23
p 64
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
ONDA 624
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
214 TECHNICAL INFO
ONDA 800E / 801E
p 25
p 68
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
AT 80E
p 70
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 215
ONDA 2000 / 2001
p 72
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
216 TECHNICAL INFO
AT 86 / AT 88T
p 74
DIMENSIONS
AT 86 GEAR MOTOR
MAIN PRODUCT
ITEMS:
Gate level
Gate level
1- Motor
2- Worm screw reduction unit
3- Bell type coupling
4- Single disk dry clutch
5- Release device
6- Pinion
7- Support base
8- Door
9- Mechanical limit stop
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 217
AT 90T / AT 92T
p 76
DIMENSIONS
Filo cancello
AT 90T
AT 90T - AT 92T
GEAR MOTOR
MAIN
PRODUCT
ITEMS:
1- Motor
2- Worm screw reduction unit
3- Bell type coupling
4- Single disk dry clutch
5- Release device
6- Pinion
7- Support base
8- Door
9- Mechanical limit stop
AT 92T
ALZO
p 26
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
Galvanised return pipe with
pre-welded bush
EM 51
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
Sheet fixing bracket
p 84
218 TECHNICAL INFO
AT 50
p 86
DIMENSIONS
MATIC-BOX 800 / 1200
p 27
DIMENSIONS
Dimensions mm
Width
height
Depth
218
365
125
218
aprimatic.it
p 88
TECHNICAL INFO 219
HARRIER 4000R / HARRIER 4000I
p 98
DIMENSIONS
HARRIER 6000I / HARRIER 8000I
DIMENSIONS HARRIER LUX
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
p 100
220 TECHNICAL INFO
BUONGIORNO
p 144
LEVERS
COMPASS LEVER R
COMPASS LEVER T
R AND T COMPASS LEVER
CURVED LEVER
WITH AMBIDEXTROUS GUIDE
CURVED LEVER WITH AMBIDEXTROUS GUIDE
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 221
O2M
p 152
O2M OUTWARD-OPENING DIMENSIONS
Slim side bracket
for outward-opening
applications.
Axonometry of
Slim bracket for
outward-opening
applications.
O2M BOTTOM-HINGED DIMENSIONS
Slim side bracket
for bottom-hinged
applications.
Axonometry
of Slim bracket
for bottom-hinged
applications.
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
222 TECHNICAL INFO
APRICOLOR VARIA
p 154
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
KIT FOR BOTTOM-HINGED APPLICATIONS
KIT FOR OUTWARD-OPENING APPLICATIONS
VARIA KIT
TRADITIONAL
FIXING SYSTEM
VARIA KIT
TRADITIONAL
FIXING SYSTEM
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 223
ST 450N
p 156
ST450N DIMENSIONS WITH 180MM STROKE
ST450N DIMENSIONS WITH 300MM STROKE
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
224 TECHNICAL INFO
APRILINEARE
p 158
APRILINEARE DIMENSIONS
APRILINEARE DUO-TRY SYSTEM
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
aprimatic.it
p 158
TECHNICAL INFO 225
520/600 RF - 520/700 RF
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
520/600RF MOTOR
1-Motor
2-Reduction unit
3-Planetary reduction unit
5-Rotary limit stop
6-Terminal with joint
520/700RF MOTOR
1-Motor
2-Reduction unit
4-Pulley gearbox
5-Rotary limit stop
6-Terminal with joint
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
p 162
226 TECHNICAL INFO
520/600RF - 520/700RF
p 160
RACK DIMENSIONS
BRACKET AND COUNTER-BRACKET DIMENSIONS
Bracket Ø 27-37 mm
Bracket Ø 42 mm
Counter-bracket 140/210 mm
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 227
520/600RF - 520/700RF
p 160
BOTTOM-HINGED AND OUTWARD-OPENING/PIVOT-HINGED APPLICATION LAYOUTS
APPLICATIONS ON TRANSOM WINDOWS
(rack with pushing compensator)
APPLICATIONS ON TOP-HINGED
OR SASH WINDOWS
(racks with pulling compensator)
1- GEAR MOTOR UNIT WITH LIMIT STOP
2- UNIT BRACKETS (not included)
3- SHAFT JOINT
4- HORIZONTAL SHAFT
5- BRACKET
6- COUNTER-BRACKET L=140 mm
6’- COUNTER-BRACKET L=210 mm
7- RACK WITH COMPENSATOR
8- FRAME MOUNT
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
228 TECHNICAL INFO
OVER
p 192
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
OVER EVO
p 192
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 229
OVER HEAVY
p 192
OPERATOR DIMENSIONS
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
230 TECHNICAL INFO
aprimatic.it
TECHNICAL INFO 231
GENERAL
CATALOGUE
2016
CATALOGO
GENERALE
2016
| 2017
232
REGULATIONS
We hereby declare that
all operators and control
units are compliant with
the regulations: 2004/108/
EC (EMC) directive replacing
the previous 89/336/EEC
2006/95/EC (LVD) directive
replacing the previous 73/23/
EEC. The Aprimatic Memory
System remote controls and
receivers in this catalogue
have passed the tests set
by European regulations:
1999/5/EC directive (R & TTE).
KEY TO PRODUCT VERSIONS
Description of application fields:
R
RESIDENTIAL:
oors and gates to be motorised typically of limited
D
weight and size, with few daily operations.
(E.g., detached/semi-detached houses).
C
CONDOMINIUM:
oors and gates to be motorised with medium/high
D
frequency of operations per day.
(Ex. Medium users, apartments).
I
INDUSTRIAL:
Doors and gates of considerable weight and bulk to
be motorised.
(Ex. Industrial buildings, car parks).
ADOPTED SYMBOLS
24
Vcc
IP44
MEMORY
SYSTEM
Safety
Tested
3
m
aprimatic.it
233
SPECIAL SYMBOLS
NEW
New item on the catalogue.
Special item.
(please contact the customer service to verify product availability)
Automation systems for swing gates,
up-and-over doors and traffic barriers:
AWith hydraulic lock valve on opening only, in the closed
position the electric lock is required.
BWith hydraulic lock valve on opening and closing, it does
not require any electric lock. In case of electromechanical
operator, it indicates the self-locking model.
CWith hydraulic lock valve on closing only. Does not require
the electric lock in closing position.
SFWithout hydraulic lock valve, when manually pushing
the gate/door moves slowly as if it was braked (F).
Electric lock required.
SRSimilar to the SF model, but when manually pushing
the gate/door moves freely.
as if it lacked an automation system. Electric lock required.
DSHydraulic operator with hydraulic braking on both closing
and opening.
RFHydraulic operator with flow adjustment valve that allows
to obtain a linear movement of the gate/door, also with
unbalanced load and high initial weight.
Automation systems for sliding gates:
Z16Module 4 16-teeth pinion. Slow. Heavy gates.
Z20Module 4 20-teeth pinion. Fast. Light gates.
C16-teeth pinion preset for chain drive.
EElectronic control unit on board of the gear motor.
Control devices:
TR:
TG:
Two - or four-channel transmitter. Rolling Code.
Two - or four-channel transmitter. Quartz - Dip Switches.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
234
ORDER FORM
SLIM SNK
Code
Automation
LH single wing
Anodized silver
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
€
42705/201.1
1.684,88
42705/251.1
1.748,07
42705/301.1
1.822,26
42705/361.1
1.894,12
42705/401.1
1.947,45
42705/441.1
1.999,03
42705/481.1
2.052,93
42705/541.1
2.132,92
Code
Automation
RH single wing
Anodized silver
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
€
42705/201.0
1.684,88
42705/251.0
1.748,07
42705/301.0
1.822,26
42705/361.0
1.894,12
42705/401.0
1.947,45
42705/441.0
1.999,03
42705/481.0
2.052,93
42705/541.0
2.132,92
Code
Automation
Double wing
Anodized silver
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
€
span
passage
max
(mm)
lenght
total
automation
(mm)
42705/201.2
1.800,80 950
2010
42705/251.2
1.866,31 1200
2510
42705/301.2
1.934,69 1450
3010
42705/361.2
2.014,67 1750
3610
42705/401.2
2.065,69 1950
4010
42705/441.2
2.119,58 2150
4410
42705/481.2
2.173,50 2350
4810
42705/541.2
2.251,16 2650
5410
Tick the box matching the model and size you wish to order.
Oversized: tick the box by the higher standard length and specify the exact size of the beam ending with zero or five.
Control unit
€
Length
clear
(mm)
Code
cover
natural
118,55
2000
54,23
2500
€
3000
☐42102/200
☐42102/250
☐42102/300
☐42102/360
☐42102/400
☐42102/440
☐42102/480
☐42102/540
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
42282/070 SC6 - 6-way key-operated selector unit
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
42283/090 DT90C double technology safe radar
389,68
42283/091 DM H22 microwave radar
185,85
42283/092 RI90C infrared safe radar
229,95
42283/096 RSI 4C Swing door safety radar
366,45
42283/098 MS20 microwave contactless switch
187,95
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
42281/061 PCR - clamps for glass doors
252,82
42281/062 Set of fitting for mounting glass wings
112,07
42281/063 Additional reinforcement bracket (1pc)
20,63
42281/064 Plug for glass door clamp (1pc)
13,97
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
42280/081 Guide and adapter set AMS
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
42280/084 Internal manual release for eb2
66,71
42280/085 External manual release for eb2
129,33
Q.ty
Code
☐
ER6/N pre-mtd - photocells pre-mounted
42300/002
for nk series
193,13
☐
42282/077 eb2 nk pre-mtd - electric lock pre-mtd
206,59
42282/073 SC6EC - 6-way key-operated selector unit
42282/082 Emergency push-button
Dispositivi di comando
Accessories for glass wings
42280/079 GTC - Floor guide set for glass wings
Mechanical emergency
break-out opening device
93,99
€
4800
5400
122,72
Code
€ cover
silver
107,54
120,90
135,54
162,96
175,91
190,23
209,51
228,70
☐42100/200
☐42100/250
☐42100/300
☐42100/360
☐42100/400
☐42100/440
☐42100/480
☐42100/540
Code
€ cover
black
123,76
144,37
158,77
190,14
199,83
213,83
248,87
254,56
☐42101/200
☐42101/250
☐42101/300
☐42101/360
☐42101/400
☐42101/440
☐42101/480
☐42101/540
€
145,72
166,72
190,29
213,83
232,28
256,15
285,70
313,65
COMPLETE AUTOMATION:
Tick the box matching the model and size you wish to order.
Oversized: tick the box by the higher standard length and specify the exact size
of the beam ending with zero or five.
76,07
42280/070 Clamp set for semi-fixed door
Pre-assembled beam accessories
4400
€
338,28
Emergency release systems
4000
7,60
42280/088 1 leaf mech.break out system
42280/076 Magnetic contact smi
3600
mm
10,13
€
€
aprimatic.it
mm
235
ORDER FORM
WING NK
Code
Automation
LH single wing
Anodized silver
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
Code
Automation
€
RH single wing
Anodized silver
42710/201.1
2.091,19
42710/251.1
2.145,67
42710/301.1
2.211,74
42710/361.1
2.291,74
42710/401.1
2.345,04
42710/441.1
2.396,64
42710/481.1
2.451,70
42710/541.1
2.529,37
42710/601.1
2.610,52
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
Code
Automation
€
Double wing
Anodized silver
42710/201.0
2.091,19
42710/251.0
2.145,67
42710/301.0
2.211,74
42710/361.0
2.291,74
42710/401.0
2.345,04
42710/441.0
2.396,64
42710/481.0
2.451,70
42710/541.0
2.529,37
42710/601.0
2.610,52
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
Span
Passage
€
max.
(mm)
Length
Total
Automation
(mm)
42710/201.2
2.203,04 950
2010
42710/251.2
2.262,76 1200
2510
42710/301.2
2.331,14 1450
3010
42710/361.2
2.412,29 1750
3610
42710/401.2
2.464,45 1950
4010
42710/441.2
2.517,19 2150
4410
42710/481.2
2.569,94 2350
4810
42710/541.2
2.648,76 2650
5410
42710/601.2
2.729,91 2950
6010
Tick the box matching the model and size you wish to order.
Oversized: tick the box by the higher standard length and specify the exact size of the beam ending with zero or five.
Control unit
€
Length
clear
(mm)
Code
cover
natural
118,55
2000
54,23
2500
€
3000
☐42102/200
☐42102/250
☐42102/300
☐42102/360
☐42102/400
☐42102/440
☐42102/480
☐42102/540
☐42102/600
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
42282/070 SC6 - 6-way key-operated selector unit
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
42283/090 DT90C double technology safe radar
389,68
42283/091 DM H22 microwave radar
185,85
42283/092 RI90C infrared safe radar
229,95
42283/096 RSI 4C Swing door safety radar
366,45
42283/098 MS20 microwave contactless switch
187,95
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
42281/061 PCR - clamps for glass doors
252,82
42281/062 Set of fitting for mounting glass wings
112,07
42281/063 Additional reinforcement bracket (1pc)
20,63
42281/064 Plug for glass door clamp (1pc)
13,97
42282/073 SC6EC - 6-way key-operated selector unit
42282/082 Emergency push-button
Dispositivi di comando
Accessories for glass wings
42280/079 GTC - Floor guide set for glass wings
Mechanical emergency
break-out opening device
93,99
€
7,60
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
42280/081 Guide and adapter set AMS
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
42280/084 Internal manual release for eb2
66,71
42280/085 External manual release for eb2
129,33
Q.ty
Code
☐
ER6/N pre-mtd - photocells pre-mounted
42300/002
for nk series
193,13
☐
42282/077 eb2 nk pre-mtd - electric lock pre-mtd
206,59
338,28
42280/070 Clamp set for semi-fixed door
122,72
Pre-assembled beam accessories
4400
4800
5400
6000
Code
€ cover
silver
107,54
120,90
135,54
162,96
175,91
190,23
209,51
228,70
255,27
☐42100/200
☐42100/250
☐42100/300
☐42100/360
☐42100/400
☐42100/440
☐42100/480
☐42100/540
☐42100/600
Code
€ cover
black
123,76
144,37
158,77
190,14
199,83
213,83
248,87
254,56
278,10
☐42101/200
☐42101/250
☐42101/300
☐42101/360
☐42101/400
☐42101/440
☐42101/480
☐42101/540
☐42101/600
€
145,72
166,72
190,29
213,83
232,28
256,15
285,70
313,65
343,14
COMPLETE AUTOMATION:
Tick the box matching the model and size you wish to order.
Oversized: tick the box by the higher standard length and specify the exact size
of the beam ending with zero or five.
76,07
42280/088 1 leaf mech.break out system
Emergency release systems
4000
€
Q.ty
42280/076 Magnetic contact smi
3600
mm
10,13
€
€
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
mm
236
ORDER FORM
WING NK H150
Code
Automation
LH single wing
Anodized silver
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
€
42715/201.1
2.421,56
42715/251.1
2.488,80
42715/301.1
2553,12
42715/361.1
2.633,11
42715/401.1
2.686,43
42715/441.1
2.736,86
42715/481.1
2.793,09
42715/541.1
2.871,90
42715/601.1
2.953,05
Code
Automation
RH single wing
Anodized silver
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
€
42715/201.0
2.421,56
42715/251.0
2.488,80
42715/301.0
2.667,97
42715/361.0
2.633,11
42715/401.0
2.686,43
42715/441.0
2.736,86
42715/481.0
2.793,09
42715/541.0
2.871,90
42715/601.0
2.953,05
Code
Automation
Double wing
Anodized silver
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
€
Span
Passage
max.
(mm)
Length
Total
Automation
(mm)
42715/201.2
2.539,80 950
2010
42715/251.2
2.606,44 1200
2510
42715/301.2
2.673,68 1450
3010
42715/361.2
2.752,51 1750
3610
42715/401.2
2.805,84 1950
4010
42715/441.2
2.858,58 2150
4410
42715/481.2
2.900,32 2350
4810
42715/541.2
2.977,98 2650
5410
42715/601.2
3.070,13 2950
6010
Tick the box matching the model and size you wish to order.
Oversized: tick the box by the higher standard length and specify the exact size of the beam ending with zero or five.
Control unit
€
Length
clear
(mm)
Code
cover
natural
118,55
2000
54,23
2500
€
3000
☐42102/200
☐42102/250
☐42102/300
☐42102/360
☐42102/400
☐42102/440
☐42102/480
☐42102/540
☐42102/600
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
42282/070 SC6 - 6-way key-operated selector unit
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
42283/090 DT90C double technology safe radar
389,68
42283/091 DM H22 microwave radar
185,85
42283/092 RI90C infrared safe radar
229,95
42283/096 RSI 4C Swing door safety radar
366,45
42283/098 MS20 microwave contactless switch
187,95
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
42281/061 PCR - clamps for glass doors
252,82
42281/062 Set of fitting for mounting glass wings
112,07
42281/063 Additional reinforcement bracket (1pc)
20,63
42281/064 Plug for glass door clamp (1pc)
13,97
42282/073 SC6EC - 6-way key-operated selector unit
42282/082 Emergency push-button
Dispositivi di comando
Accessories for glass wings
42280/079 GTC - Floor guide set for glass wings
Mechanical emergency
break-out opening device
93,99
€
☐
☐
☐
☐
42280/081 Guide and adapter set AMS
4800
5400
6000
silver
107,54
120,90
135,54
162,96
175,91
190,23
209,51
228,70
255,27
☐42100/200
☐42100/250
☐42100/300
☐42100/360
☐42100/400
☐42100/440
☐42100/480
☐42100/540
☐42100/600
Code
€ cover
black
123,76
144,37
158,77
190,14
199,83
213,83
248,87
254,56
278,10
☐42101/200
☐42101/250
☐42101/300
☐42101/360
☐42101/400
☐42101/440
☐42101/480
☐42101/540
☐42101/600
€
145,72
166,72
190,29
213,83
232,28
256,15
285,70
313,65
343,14
COMPLETE AUTOMATION:
Tick the box matching the model and size you wish to order.
Oversized: tick the box by the higher standard length and specify the exact size
of the beam ending with zero or five.
Q.ty
Code
☐
☐
42280/084 Internal manual release for eb2
66,71
42280/085 External manual release for eb2
129,33
Q.ty
Code
☐
ER6/N pre-mtd - photocells pre-mounted
42300/002
for nk series
193,13
☐
42282/077 eb2 nk pre-mtd - electric lock pre-mtd
206,59
76,07
42280/088 1 leaf mech.break out system
338,28
42280/070 Clamp set for semi-fixed door
122,72
Pre-assembled beam accessories
4400
€
Code
Emergency release systems
4000
Code
€ cover
7,60
Q.ty
42280/076 Magnetic contact smi
3600
mm
10,13
€
€
aprimatic.it
mm
237
GENERAL SALES CONDITIONS
GENERAL
The general conditions of sale, as reported below, are understood to be valid for
any order received by Aprimatic s.r.l. and are an essential part of each order.
Any modifications to these clauses, as well as any special conditions, shall be
expressly agreed upon in writing. Orders are only supplied in the packaging
format indicated on the price list.
ORDERS
Orders acquired by our sale organisation are subject to the approval of Aprimatic
s.r.l.. Orders should comply with the packing as reported in the price list and their
net amount may not be lower than € 150.00.
TRANSPORT
The goods shall travel at the Purchaser’s own risk; before collection he/she shall
verify, in his/her own interest, the integrity of the packages and the quantity of the
goods received. Any complaint shall be made directly to the carrier upon delivery.
Delivery EXW Incoterms ICC2000 unless otherwise agreed in writing. All delivery
dates given shall be deemed as purely indicative and non-binding. Aprimatic
s.r.l. shall not be held responsible to the Purchaser for any failure to perform,
including late delivery or failure to deliver, which failure to perform is caused by
occurrences beyond Aprimatic’s reasonable control or in any case caused by an
event of force majeure, including, but not limited to, late delivery of non-delivery
of material by suppliers, strikes, and other trade union actions, terrorist activities,
suspension of electrical energy or difficulties in transportation.
DELIVERIES
The goods are meant to be delivered ex our factory in Turin or our external
warehouses, if the net amount of the order exceeds € 400.00 for EU country and €
600,00 for Extra EU country. For orders less than the net amounts of € 400.00 for
EU country will be applied on the ammount of order € 40 of transport, and for order
less than € 600.00 for extra EU country will be apply on the ammount of order € 50
for transport. The terms of delivery are just an indication and have no contractual
value.
PRICES
All listed prices are understood to be before VAT. Aprimatic s.r.l., reserves its
unquestionable power to modify published list prices if this is required by the cost
components of the individual items. The prices indicated on the Price List are not
binding. Aprimatic s.r.l. reserves the right to change the price of the Products and/
or the discounts, if any, applicable thereto at any time and for any reason, upon
30 (thirty) days’ prior written notice to the Purchaser. If any delay in delivery of
the Products occurs through the fault of the Purchaser, any possible increase in
the price of the Products which may have occurred since the confirmation of the
order relating to the Products shall be borne solely by the Purchaser. Any and
all taxes, duties, levies, licenses, authorizations, permits and any and all tax and
administrative formalities relating to import and/or resale of the Products shall
be borne and carried out exclusively by the Purchaser.
safety accessories or other products not manufactured by Aprimatic, it being
understood that the maximum liability of Aprimatic to the Purchaser or to any
other person or entity, arising out of or in connection with the Products and based
on a claim of breach or under warranty, shall in no case exceed the price paid
to Aprimatic for the Products which gives rise to the claim, loss or damage. In
no event shall Aprimatic s.r.l. be liable for special and consequential damages,
including, without limitation, loss of profit.
PAYMENTS
Payments shall be made to Aprimatic s.r.l. within the agreed term and for the
agreed amount. Any delay in the payment of invoices beyond the terms agreed
upon triggers the immediate application of bank interest and entails the ensuing
suspension of deliveries.
WARRANTIES
Sold goods are guaranteed against manufacturing defects and/or defects of
materials for 24 months from the date of installation certified by sending Aprimatic
s.r.l., the “Warranty Certificate” for the products provided with it. Exception is made
for the products of the Racing Kit line, whose warranty has a 36-month duration
from the installation date as certified by sending said certificate. In order for the
warranty certificate to be considered valid, it must be sent within 10 days from the
date of installation and filled in all its parts. Alternatively, and for the products
that are not provided with such a certificate, the warranty shall have a duration
of 30 months from the date of production. The warranty terms and conditions are
verified by Aprimatic s.r.l. under its final judgment and by the Repair centres it
has put in charge of it. The costs of any calling and servicing rights are to the
Purchaser’s charge. Aprimatic s.r.l. reserves the right not to provide warranty if
the powering of the plant is not entirely realised with APRIMATIC products and the
installation is not made up to standard. The warranty shall not be in force when
operation defects depend on structural flaws, i.e. incompatibility, of the frames to
be powered with APRIMATIC products.
The material recognised in warranty shall be accepted for repair only if shipped
free port; after the repair or replacement it shall be shipped back freight forward.
The replaced material shall remain property of APRIMATIC. The warranty does
not include:
•
Breakdown or damages caused by transport.
•Breakdown or damages caused by faults in the electrical system and/
or carelessness, negligence in using plant and in any case of misuse.
•Breakdown or damages due to tampering or any negligent behaviours
or behaviours not conforming with standards by the installer or
purchaser without conforming to instructions provided by the
manufacturer.
•
Breakdown or damages due to use of non-original spare parts.
•
Defects caused by chemical agents or atmospheric conditions.
•Consumables.
•
Interventions for supposed faults or convenient verifications.
Any complaints must be sent to Aprimatic s.r.l. in writing within 8 days
of receiving of the goods. Returns must be authorised beforehand
by Aprimatic s.r.l. Authorized returns must be sent carriage paid
to the Aprimatic s.r.l. warehouse with the purchase documents,
delivery note and number of authorization enclosed. It will be issued
a credit note for the purchase price of the goods minus 20% due to processing
fee and testing procedures. Regarding the returns and claims , you can see
and downloading the current “conditions” on our website www.aprimatic.com
Aprimatic s.r.l. guarantees exclusively the conformity of the Products to the
technical specifications submitted to Buyer and published on the web site www.
aprimatic.com, provided that the Products have been correctly transported,
stored, installed, used and repaired by Buyer (including in compliance with the
Aprimatic’s manual); in case of defects, purchaser shall write a “reserve” on the
delivery note and give a detailed notice thereof in writing to Aprimatic within 7
days from delivery or from discovery, in case of hidden defects and anyhow not
later than two years from delivery and Aprimatic shall only be bound to, at its
own choice: replace the defective Products or, totally or partially, reimburse
their price. Apart from what set forth herewith, Aprimatic shall bear no other
responsibility, in particular any liability for damages (including loss of profit or any
other subsequent loss) here by expressly excluded.
PRODUCTS
OWNERSHIP OF GOODS
Aprimatic s.r.l. shall be entitled to make minor changes to the Products,
without being obliged to inform the Purchaser. The information shown in all
Aprimatic publications is provided for information purposes only and is subject to
modification at any time without prior warning. Aprimatic s.r.l. does not warrant to
the Purchaser that the Products comply with the applicable laws and regulations
in force in the country (ies) where the Purchaser is established or where the
Products are meant to be sold, delivered and/or installed. Aprimatic shall have no
obligation to modify the Products in compliance with said laws or regulations and
the Purchaser shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Products and any
service of the Purchaser conform to the applicable technical and safety standards,
laws and regulations in force in said country (ies).The Purchaser acknowledges
that the Products may be dangerous to persons or property when not installed or
used in strict compliance with Aprimatic’s written instructions for installation and
used furnished by Aprimatic and with the safety requirements specified in the EN
12445 and EN 12543. Aprimatic s.r.l. expressly disclaim liability for any personal
injury or property damage resulting from installation or use of the Products,
other than in strict compliance with Aprimatic’s written instructions with respect
to installation and use, or from installation or use of the Products together with
Aprimatic s.r.l. remains the owner of the goods until their complete payment by
the customer. If the seller does not intend to repossess goods for which payment
has not been made in full, the seller shall have the right to apply interest charges
at a rate of 5% more than the current discount rate.
RETURNS AND CLAIMS
GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS
This price list cancels and replaces all previous price lists. In accordance with
current safety standards, it is essential to install genuine APRIMATIC control units
and accessories. Aprimatic s.r.l. declines all responsibility for injury or damage,
even to third parties, deriving from failure to observe these safety standards or
from bad craftsmanship in the installation or operation of the goods.
COMPETENT COURT
For any dispute that might arise, the competent court is understood to be the Court
of Turin, Italy.
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
238
EXTERNAL CLOSING SYSTEM
FLEXI 300
PAG. 42
TWENTY 270
PAG. 44
FORTY 270 / 390
PAG. 46
EM 73N
PAG. 48
ZT 70
PAG. 50
ALZO
DA PAG. 62
PAG. 84
PAG. 68
AT 80E
PAG. 70
ONDA 2000 / 2001
PAG. 72
AT 86T / AT 88T
PAG. 74
AT 90T / AT 92T
PAG. 76
AT 50
PAG. 86
UP-AND-OVER,
SECTIONAL,
FOLDING DOORS
ONDA 800 / 801
MATIC-BOX 800 / 1200
PAG. 88
HARRIER 4000R
PAG. 96
HARRIER 4000I
PAG. 98
HARRIERE 6000 / 8000I
SLIDING GATES
TRAFFIC BARRIERS
SLIDING GATES
TRAFFIC BARRIERS
SLIDING GATES
TRAFFIC BARRIERS
SLIDING GATES
UP-AND-OVER,
SECTIONAL,
FOLDING DOORS
SLIDING GATES
SWING GATES
SWING GATES
SWING GATES
SWING GATES
SWING GATES
SWING GATES
ONDA 424 / 624 / 623
UP-AND-OVER,
SECTIONAL,
FOLDING DOORS
PAG. 36
SLIDING GATES
RAIDER 2500
aprimatic.it
PAG. 100
VISUAL INDEX
239
WINDOWS AND DOMES
PAG. 152
WINDOWS AND DOMES
APRICOLOR VARIA
PAG. 154
WINDOWS AND DOMES
SWING GATES
SWING GATES
O2M
ST 450N
PAG. 156
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2016
APRILINEARE
DUO-TRY SYSTEM
PAG. 158
WINDOWS AND DOMES
PAG. 38
PAG. 144
520 / 600 RF - 520 / 700 RF
PAG. 162
WINDOWS AND DOMES
AP423 / 424
BUONGIORNO
520 / 600 RF - 520 / 700 RF
PAG. 160
WINDOWS AND DOMES
PAG. 40
WINDOWS
AND SHUTTERS
AP350
WINDOWS AND DOMES
DOORS, WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
520 / 600 RF - 520 / 700 RF
PAG. 160
Aprimatic is a registered trademark belonging to Aprimatic s.r.l.
All Aprimatic product bear the mark
Aprimatic s.r.l. reserves the right to make changes
to its products at any time without prior notice.
www.aprimatic.com | [email protected]
APR_CG_0716_ENG
APRIMATIC is a trademark of Aprimatic S.r.l.
Via Emilia, 147 | 40064 Ozzano dell’Emilia BO (ITALY)
T +39-051.69.60.711 | F +39-051.69.60.865
w w w. a p r i m a t i c . co m | i n fo @ a p r i m a t i c . i t
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement